|
|
| Line 15: |
Line 15: |
|
| |
|
| =Text= | | =Text= |
| {{#Wiki_filter:CALVERT CLIFFS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT UNIT ONE AND TWO OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE REVISION 35 SAFETY RELATED MULTIPLE USE Approval Authority: | | {{#Wiki_filter:}} |
| R.C. Jones Effective Date:
| |
| 3/4/2008
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 2 of 130 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE .................................................................................................................... 5 2.0 APPLICABILITY/SCOPE ............................................................................................. 5
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| AND DEFINITIONS ............................................................................ 5 4.0 PREREQUISITES ......................................................................................................... 6 5.0 PRECAUTIONS ............................................................................................................ 6 6.0 SYSTEM OPERATION ................................................................................................ 9 6.1 STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE] .................................................................................................................. 9 6.2 MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE
| |
| [CONTINUOUS USE] ....................................................................................... 12 6.3 OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE] ................................................................... 19 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154]
| |
| [REFERENCE USE] ......................................................................................... 29 6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence ................................................. 30 6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence ................................................. 41 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence ....................................................... 51 6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence ............. 64 6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence ....................... 73 6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence ....................... 82 6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence ............. 93 6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can................................................................... 101 6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can................................................................... 109 6.4.K Purging the Mast ................................................................................... 117 6.5 SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE] .................................................................... 124
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 3 of 130 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGE 6.6 OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE FESTOON CABLE EXTENSION INSTALLED .................................................. 126 7.0 POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES .......................................................................... 129 8.0 BASES .......................................................................................................................... 129 9.0 RECORDS .................................................................................................................... 129 10.0 ATTACHMENTS ........................................................................................................... 130
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 4 of 130 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES PAGES REVISION 1-130 35 FIGURES REVISION 1A, PG 1 35 1B, PG 1 2, PG 1 3, PG 1 APPENDIX REVISION A, PGs 1-15 35 B, PGs 1 C, PG 1-2 PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PAGES REVISION/CHANGES 35 03500
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 5 of 130 1.0 PURPOSE A. The purpose of this procedure is to provide directions for operating the Refueling Machine (RFM).
| |
| 2.0 APPLICABILITY/SCOPE A. This procedure will cover the various operational aspects of the RFM, including operation and securing.
| |
| : 1. Section 6.3, which provides detailed instructions for the actual manipulation of the switches for operating the various RFM components, may be performed from memory, but shall be performed in conjunction with the applicable subsections of Section 6.4, which provides detailed instructions for each move sequence, or in conjunction with APPENDIX A.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| AND DEFINITIONS 3.1 DEVELOPMENTAL REFERENCES A. Technical Specification.
| |
| B. Technical Requirements Manual (TRM).
| |
| C. Vendor Technical Manuals D. CNG-HU-1.01-1001, Human Performance Tools and Verification Practices.
| |
| 3.2 PERFORMANCE REFERENCES None 3.3 DEFINITIONS A. Fuel Handling Supervisor (FHS) - The FHS is the SRO stationed on the 69 ft elevation within the Containment to directly supervise the core alteration activities with no concurrent duties.
| |
| B. Refueling Control Room Operator (RCRO) - The RCRO shall be a Licensed Operator (RO or SRO) stationed in the Control Room to coordinate the refueling activities, maintain the Refueling Status Board, and monitor for reactivity changes, while maintaining direct communications with the personnel operating the refueling equipment.
| |
| C. SNM Transfer Form 2 - This form is the "move sheet" prepared by Nuclear Fuel Management (NFM) to provide administrative control and a tracking mechanism for the movement of fuel or other objects which may affect core geometry or actual neutron count rate within the core.
| |
| D. Fuel Spotter - The Spotter's primary responsibility is to provide additional safety for the fuel and handling equipment (reference APPENDIX B).
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 6 of 130 4.0 PREREQUISITES A. Prerequisites will vary depending on which section of the procedure is being performed. Prerequisites for each section will be listed as Initial Conditions at the beginning of the applicable section.
| |
| 5.0 PRECAUTIONS A. Prior to performing Core Alterations, direct communications between the Control Room and personnel on the RFM and SFHM shall be established and verified (TRM 15.9.2). ALL Core Alterations shall cease if such communications are lost.
| |
| : 1. The transfer carriage operators shall also be in voice communication with the Control Room, SFHM, and RFM when the transfer carriage has fuel in the carriage. At other times, voice communication is NOT required.
| |
| B. ALL RFM equipment shall be thoroughly inspected and tested using APPENDIX A. The responsible System Engineer may schedule the performance of the PE at anytime.
| |
| C. All manual handwheels shall be removed from their extension shafts except during manual operation.
| |
| D. A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be proficient PER NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities. [B0167]
| |
| E. Core alterations shall be performed under the direct supervision of a Senior Reactor Operator, designated Fuel Handling Supervisor (FHS) AND stationed on the 69 ft elevation of the Containment of the Unit being refueled.
| |
| : 1. IF the Refueling Machine Operator is NOT a licensed Reactor Operator qualified on the Refueling Machine, THEN the FHS shall be located on the RFM platform.
| |
| F. For a dropped or damaged fuel assembly incident in the RFP, the following conditions shall be established; ANY fuel assembly NOT involved is to be placed in a safe condition, refueling activities stopped, the area evacuated, and the Control Room notified.
| |
| G. For sudden reductions in RFP level any grappled fuel assembly shall be immediately lowered as low as practical, and the area shall be evacuated and the Control Room notified.
| |
| H. Extreme caution shall be exercised when operating near the walls to avoid camera or mast contact with wall mounted brackets, lights, or piping.
| |
| I. IF an abnormally rising count rate occurs on the monitor while a fuel assembly is being inserted into the core, THEN the fuel assembly shall be immediately returned to its previous position and the FHS and RCRO notified. [B0270]
| |
| J. Life jackets or lifelines are required anytime work is being done within three feet of the pool and there is NOT a handrail between the worker and the water.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 7 of 130 5.0 PRECAUTIONS (Continued)
| |
| K. SWP requirements and good radiological work practices must be observed. All fluids shall be treated as contaminated unless certified radiologically clean by Plant Chemistry. All components shall be treated as contaminated unless certified radiologically clean by Radiation Safety Supervision.
| |
| L. Access to the fuel transfer tube access area on the 45 ft Elevation shall be restricted prior to movement of any fuel through the transfer tube.
| |
| M. All fuel assemblies being transferred from the SFP to the core shall be checked to be shiny (new assembly) or dark (irradiated assembly).
| |
| : 1. For core-to-core moves, the assemblies shall be checked to be shiny or dark by the RFM spotter.
| |
| N. No one shall board or exit the RFM while it is in motion. Pinch points may be created at the side of the pool. The RFM operator SHALL ensure that ALL personnel on the RFM are aware of the RFM movements. [B0212]
| |
| O. Items (such as radiation meters, life vests, tools) shall NOT be placed on the bridge floor such that they protrude into the path of the trolley.
| |
| P. The RFM operator should be cognizant of the ICI platform proximity. Dose rates are typically higher near the ICI platform AND may cause alarming dose rate meters on the RFM to alarm. Also the ICI bridge location is NOT programmed into the RFM computer. This can allow the RFM to contact the ICI bridge in the SEMI-AUTO or AUTO mode of operation.
| |
| Q. Rotation of the mast with a fuel assembly present may result in an assembly being placed in the core or SFP with the wrong orientation.
| |
| : 1. The mast orientation shall be verified to be in agreement with the SNM Transfer Form 2 prior to lowering into the target location.
| |
| R. In Mode 6, at least two Wide Range NIs shall be operable, each with continuous visual indication in the Control Room AND one with audible indication in the containment and the Control Room. (Tech Spec 3.9.2)
| |
| : 1. IF less than two NIs are operable, THEN immediately perform the following:
| |
| : a. SUSPEND positive reactivity additions.
| |
| : b. Suspend operations that would cause introduction of coolant into the RCS with boron concentration less than that required to meet the minimum boron concentration of LCO 3.9.1.
| |
| : c. ANY fuel assembly/CEA in transit shall be moved to a safe configuration (away from the core).
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 8 of 130 5.0 PRECAUTIONS (Continued)
| |
| S. After the FHS has double checked the SNM Form 2 "TO" location and the FUEL SELECTOR switch position with the RCRO, an independent verification of the "TO" location coordinates AND the FUEL SELECTOR switch position shall be performed (N/A if operating the RFM in AUTO with NO SNM form 2 on the bridge).
| |
| T. After an assembly has been placed into the core, a visual check that a fuel assembly is present in the "TO" location shall be performed by the FHS and/or RFM spotter, AND the RCRO shall be notified of the check completion.
| |
| U. Prior to preparations for core alterations (machine checkout), a binocular inspection has been completed of all equipment paths for foreign material interference.
| |
| V. If the camera is not available to provide visual verification of the grapple position, the RFM operator should ensure via the RFM spotter, that the grapple has been rotated in the correct position when grappling and ungrappling a fuel assembly.
| |
| W. The RFM operator should ensure via the RFM spotter, that the camera is properly orientated to avoid any interferences.
| |
| X. CREVS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.8.
| |
| Y. CRETS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.9.
| |
| Z. Evolutions should be stopped and the SM/FHS notified immediately of any abnormal or unexpected indications received during the operation of the RFM.
| |
| AA. The EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton provides for quick stop response of the RFM equipment. If the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton is depressed, the operator must wait at least 60 seconds before resetting the Emergency Stop.
| |
| Resetting the Emergency Stop earlier could result in breakers tripping and possible damage to drive controllers.
| |
| AB. The HOIST MAX OVERLOAD pushbutton bypasses the overload cutoff limit of 3500#, which is required by TRM 15.9.3.
| |
| AC. DO NOT use the COMPUTER OVERRIDE Keyswitch without procedural guidance due to that it will override ALL interlocks.
| |
| AD. Due to possible damage of the festoon cable, the Refueling Bridge should NOT be moved past the coordinate of 890. Extreme caution should be used if bridge is driven past this coordinate.
| |
| AE. The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| AF. This procedure has been reviewed for Risk Based Verification Practices. No specific steps were identified. The SM, CRS, or any other person involved with the task may designate steps requiring the use of Verification Practices.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 9 of 130 6.0 SYSTEM OPERATION 6.1 STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]
| |
| A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. A SWP is approved for the Refueling Machine activities.
| |
| : 2. The Refueling Machine Console has been installed and connected.
| |
| : 3. All manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.
| |
| : 4. ALL RFM equipment shall be thoroughly inspected and tested using APPENDIX A if the RFM has been shutdown for greater than 90 days. The responsible System Engineer may schedule the performance of the PE at anytime. (N/A Initial Condition 4, if performing PE 0-81-2-0-R)
| |
| : 5. Power is available to the Refueling Machine.
| |
| : 6. Instrument Air is available to the Refueling Machine.
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE 1L19 is located on U-1 Cntmt 45' NE corner biowall. 2L18 is located on U-2 Cntmt 45' SE corner biowall.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 1. VERIFY Power is aligned to the appropriate unit Refueling machine PER the following:
| |
| Feeder Breaker 52-10517 (52-20517) is ON.
| |
| BOTH Pool side disconnects are SHUT.
| |
| P-Panel Breaker 1L19-28 (2L18-27) is ON.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 10 of 130 6.1.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Refueling Machine Start-Up Section is written to assume that the system usage is for fuel handling.
| |
| IF the Start-up of the system is for testing of interlocks OR Post maintenance testing, THEN initial conditions and steps may be omitted with the concurrence of the SM OR CRS.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 2. IF the Refueling Machine is being started up from a long term shutdown (shutdown longer than 90 days),
| |
| THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Refer to FIGURE 3, RFM SPREADER ARM for step B.2.a.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. ENSURE the pins for both spreader arms are in the OPERATE position.
| |
| : b. COMPLETE APPENDIX A, REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT (N/A if startup of system is for testing of interlocks, maintenance or post maintenance testing).
| |
| : c. IF Refueling Operations will begin, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| ENSURE APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST is complete. [B0408] (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A)
| |
| ENSURE OI-22D, FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM APPENDIX C, VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST is complete.
| |
| [B0408]
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 11 of 130 6.1.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 3. IF the Refueling Machine is being started up from a short term shutdown (shutdown 90 days or less),
| |
| THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. PLACE the MAIN BREAKER to ON. (located on back of RFM Console.)
| |
| : b. DEPRESS the POWER ON pushbutton on the console panel.
| |
| : c. ENSURE the HEATER ON light is extinguished.
| |
| : d. ENSURE the PLC ACTIVE light is flashing. (Located on the right side of the RFM Console.)
| |
| : e. IF the computer is available, THEN log on to the computer as follows:
| |
| (1) TOUCH the LOG ON touch pad.
| |
| (2) TOUCH in the user name (normal fuel moves will be "FHS") AND TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.
| |
| (3) TOUCH the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.
| |
| (4) TOUCH in the password (normal fuel moves will again be "FHS") AND TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.
| |
| (5) TOUCH the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.
| |
| : f. ENSURE a complete copy of APPENDIX A, REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT has been completed within the last 90 days (N/A if startup of system is for testing of interlocks, maintenance or post maintenance testing).
| |
| : g. IF Refueling Operations will begin, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| ENSURE APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST is complete. [B0408] (N/A if performed as part of APPENDIX A)
| |
| ENSURE OI-22D, FUEL HANDLING AREA VENTILATION SYSTEM APPENDIX C, VENTILATION WALKDOWN CHECKLIST is complete.
| |
| [B0408]
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 12 of 130 6.2 MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]
| |
| A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. A SWP is approved for performance of the refueling activities to be performed within this procedure.
| |
| : 2. The RCSS has been notified of the moves to be performed within this procedure.
| |
| : 3. Bridge and trolley rails and intended path of mast are clear of interferences.
| |
| : 4. The clarity and lighting of the Refueling Pool is adequate to allow the verification that the mast is free of obstructions prior to movement.
| |
| : 5. A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available to observe fuel movement [B0167]
| |
| : 6. Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed PER Section 6.1, STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| | |
| CAUTION ALL electrical interlocks are inoperative during manual operation.
| |
| When working with the handwheels over the RFP, the handwheels are required to be tethered except when installed and being operated.
| |
| ©
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE When actuating the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton, allow 60 seconds before resetting the emergency stop to prevent causing a lockup of the PLC (Programmable Logic Controller).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 1. DEPRESS the EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton AND ENSURE SYSTEM FAULT is indicated on the CRT.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 13 of 130 6.2.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 2, 3 and 4 may be performed as necessary in any order.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 2. OPERATE the bridge as follows:
| |
| : a. IF it is necessary it manually move the bridge greater than 12 inches, THEN CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the bridge API motor drive disconnected before continuing.
| |
| : b. INSTALL the handwheel on the input shaft extension of the gear reducer.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE With the brake released, the bridge can be pushed by hand if it becomes necessary to move it a long distance. The brake automatically resets when the motor is re-energized.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : c. RELEASE the motor brake attached to the front end of the drive motor by moving the brake release lever on the side of the brake housing 9090 clockwise.
| |
| : d. OPERATE the handwheel as needed.
| |
| : 3. OPERATE the trolley as follows:
| |
| : a. IF it is necessary it manually move the trolley greater than 12 inches, THEN CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the trolley API motor drive disconnected before continuing.
| |
| : b. INSTALL the handwheel on the input shaft extension of the gear reducer.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The brake automatically resets when the motor is re-energized.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : c. RELEASE the motor brake attached to the front end of the drive motor by moving the brake release lever on the side of the brake housing 9090 clockwise.
| |
| : d. IF necessary for ease of operation, THEN NOTIFY Mechanical Maintenance to uncouple the trolley drive motor shaft coupling to reduce the handwheel torque required during manual operation.
| |
| : e. OPERATE the handwheel as needed.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 14 of 130 6.2.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Manual operation of the hoist should only be used to place a fuel assembly in a safe condition. Manual operation of the hoist does not provide an overload cutoff as required by Tech. Specs.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 4. OPERATE the hoist as follows:
| |
| : a. REMOVE the protective cover from the extension shaft provided on the redundant brake housing.
| |
| : b. INSTALL the handwheel on the extension shaft provided on the redundant brake housing.
| |
| 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 When releasing the last of either of the two brakes, resisting torque shall be applied to 1/4 1/4 the handwheel to prevent the hoist from lowering. 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 If the handwheel starts freewheeling, immediately reset either brake. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4
| |
| : c. While applying resisting torque to the handwheel, RELEASE BOTH the motor brake and the redundant brake by turning the knob clockwise.
| |
| : d. OPERATE the handwheel as needed to raise or lower the hoist.
| |
| : e. IF required to hold the hoist stationary at any position above the down (mechanical) stop, THEN RESET BOTH brakes.
| |
| : f. WHEN manual operation of the hoist is complete, THEN INSTALL the protective cover over the extension shaft provided on the redundant brake housing.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 15 of 130 6.2.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 5. OPERATE the mast rotate drive as follows:
| |
| : a. IF it is necessary it manually move the mast greater than 30 30, THEN CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the mast API motor drive disconnected before continuing.
| |
| : b. INSTALL the handwheel on the mast rotate pinion shaft above the output end of the rotate drive.
| |
| : c. SHUT U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632, to secure air to the mast detent.
| |
| : d. ADJUST the associated air regulator to approximately 0 PSIG to vent air from the mast detent.
| |
| : e. DISENGAGE the mast detent pin by pulling up on the pin manually.
| |
| : f. ROTATE the mast as needed.
| |
| : 6. Manually OPERATE the grapple as follows:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE With power off, the grapple actuator solenoid coils are de-energized allowing manual operation. If necessary, a backup method may be used to manually open the grapple by isolating the grapple air supply AND venting off the pressure (disconnect the grapple air lines).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. IF removed, THEN ATTACH the grapple manual operating lever onto the grapple actuator shaft AND OPERATE as needed.
| |
| : b. IF it becomes necessary to manually open the grapple using the backup method, THEN SHUT U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1630, the grapple air supply AND DISCONNECT the grapple air lines. This will vent off the pressure, allowing the grapple to open when cable slack occurs (no downward force on the grapple).
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 16 of 130 6.2.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 7. IF restoring power AND continued movement using the RFM is desired, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. SECURE from manual RFM operation as follows:
| |
| (1) REMOVE the handwheel from the bridge gear reducer input shaft extension.
| |
| (a) IF the motor connector at TB2 on the bridge API motor drive was disconnected, THEN CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the bridge API motor drive reconnected before continuing.
| |
| (2) REMOVE the handwheel from the trolley gear reducer input shaft extension.
| |
| (a) IF the motor connector at TB2 on the trolley API motor drive was disconnected, THEN CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the trolley API motor drive reconnected before continuing.
| |
| (b) IF uncoupled, THEN NOTIFY Mechanical Maintenance to recouple the trolley drive gear motor shaft coupling.
| |
| (3) ENSURE BOTH brakes are reset AND REMOVE the handwheel from the hoist redundant brake housing extension shaft.
| |
| (4) ENSURE the protective cover is installed over the extension shaft provided on the redundant brake housing.
| |
| (5) REMOVE the handwheel from the mast rotate pinion shaft of the mast rotate drive AND ENGAGE the mast detent pin.
| |
| (a) IF the motor connector at TB2 on the mast API motor drive was disconnected, THEN CONTACT the Electric Shop to have the motor connector at TB2 on the mast API motor drive reconnected before continuing.
| |
| (6) ENSURE OPEN U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632, AND the associated air regulator adjusted as necessary to maintain 70 +/- 5 PSIG.
| |
| (7) ENSURE the grapple manual operating lever from the grapple actuator shaft is removed.
| |
| (8) IF the backup method for opening the grapple was used, THEN RE-CONNECT the grapple air lines AND OPEN U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1630,the grapple air supply.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 17 of 130 6.2.B.7.a Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE When the EMERGENCY STOP has been activated, allow 60 seconds before resetting to prevent causing a lockup of the PLC (Programmable Logic Controller).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º (9) RESET the EMERGENCY STOP by rotating the pushbutton clockwise until it pops out AND ENSURE the SYSTEM FAULT indication goes out.
| |
| (10) IF a fuel assembly was lowered, to place it in a safe condition, into a location other than its desired destination of the move sequence, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (a) RAISE the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the fuel hoist.
| |
| (b) ENSURE the spreader is up.
| |
| (c) ENSURE the camera selector switch is in vertical.
| |
| (d) RAISE the hoist to the up limit AND CONTINUE movement PER the appropriate Section 6.4 move sequence in use prior to the power loss.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 18 of 130 6.2.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 8. To completely secure the RFM from manual operation, PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. REMOVE the handwheel from the bridge gear reducer input shaft extension.
| |
| : b. REMOVE the handwheel from the trolley gear reducer input shaft extension.
| |
| (1) IF uncoupled, THEN RECOUPLE the trolley drive gear motor shaft coupling.
| |
| : c. ENSURE BOTH brakes are reset AND REMOVE the handwheel from the hoist load brake housing extension shaft.
| |
| : d. ENSURE the protective cover is installed over the extension shaft provided on the redundant brake housing.
| |
| : e. REMOVE the handwheel from the mast rotate pinion shaft of the mast rotate drive AND ENGAGE the mast detent pin.
| |
| : f. ENSURE OPEN U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632, AND the associated air regulator adjusted as necessary to maintain 70 +/- 5 PSIG.
| |
| : g. REMOVE the grapple manual operating lever from the grapple actuator shaft.
| |
| : h. IF the backup method for opening the grapple was used, THEN RE-CONNECT the grapple air lines.
| |
| : i. PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE .
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 19 of 130 6.3 OPERATION OF THE MAJOR RFM COMPONENT CONTROLS [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| A. Initial Conditions
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE This section provides the directions for operation of the various RFM component controls and switches and the steps may be performed in any order. This section may be performed from memory, but shall be performed in conjunction with the applicable sequence of movement for the RFM as directed in the applicable subsection of Section 6.4 OR APPENDIX A.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 1. Power is available to the RFM.
| |
| : 2. Instrument Air is available to the RFM.
| |
| : 3. Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed PER Section 6.1, STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE.. (N/A if performing APPENDIX A, REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT OUT.)
| |
| .)
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| | |
| CAUTION If the bridge is to be used as a working platform, the hoist must be maintained in the full up position.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 1. MANUALLY OPERATE the bridge as follows:
| |
| : a. IF the bridge is to be used as a working platform, THEN ENSURE the hoist is in the full up position.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Bridge operation is restricted to the slow speed range when approaching a restricted zone. To prevent a BRIDGE TROLLEY LOCKOUT, a loaded hoist must be in the FUEL AND HOIST region, AND an unloaded hoist must be above the LOW ZONE (150" at the upender, 268" over the core).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. MOVE the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (LEFT or RIGHT). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)
| |
| : c. SLOWLY RELEASE the control lever to stop the bridge.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 20 of 130 6.3.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 2. OPERATE the trolley as follows:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Trolley speed is restricted to the slow speed range when approaching a restricted zone.
| |
| To prevent a BRIDGE TROLLEY LOCKOUT, a loaded hoist must be in the FUEL AND HOIST region, AND an unloaded hoist must be above the LOW ZONE (150" at the upender, 268" over the core).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. MOVE the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (FORWARD or REVERSE). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)
| |
| : b. SLOWLY RELEASE the control lever to stop the trolley.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Hoist Load Bypass must be used by momentarily pulling out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS pushbutton, to lower an empty hoist due to an underload condition
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 3. OPERATE the hoist as follows:
| |
| : a. MOVE the operating lever toward the direction of desired travel (Up or Down). Speed is proportional to lever displacement from the neutral position. (Maximum speed is 18 feet per minute.)
| |
| : b. RELEASE the lever to stop the hoist.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The spreader CANNOT be extended when over the upender.
| |
| The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 4. OPERATE the spreader as follows:
| |
| : a. PLACE the FUEL SPREADER selector switch in the desired position (RETRACT or EXTEND).
| |
| (1) The spreader should only be actuated over the core and with the fuel hoist box fully extended.
| |
| WHEN the spreader is fully extended, THEN FUEL SPREADER EXTENDED is indicated on the CRT.
| |
| WHEN the spreader is fully retracted, THEN the FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED light should be lit AND FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED indicated on the CRT.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 21 of 130 6.3.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The mast shall be rotated to keep the TV camera clear of the core support barrel when operating outside of the core clear area.
| |
| The TV camera must be vertical to permit mast rotation.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 5. OPERATE the TV Camera as follows:
| |
| : a. IF desired to tilt the TV Camera, THEN DEPRESS the CAMERA TILT pushbutton. (Camera tilt is indicated by the CAMERA TILT pushbutton being lit and CAMERA TILT indication on the CRT.)
| |
| : b. IF desired to return the TV Camera to vertical, THEN PULL-OUT the CAMERA TILT pushbutton.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The grapple is operable only when in the upper or lower grapple operate zone. Indicator lights are provided for both zones.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 6. For grapple operation, PLACE the GRAPPLE SELECTOR switch in the desired position (OPEN or CLOSE) AND CHECK the appropriate indication:
| |
| GRAPPLE CLOSED light and GRAPPLE CLOSED indication on CRT.
| |
| GRAPPLE OPEN light and GRAPPLE OPEN indication on CRT.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 22 of 130 6.3.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The mast can be rotated approximately 290 290 (-11
| |
| ( 280 280) and locked in 90 90 increments.
| |
| Any of the four positions can be used when operating over the inner portion of the core.
| |
| When operating outside of the core clear area, the mast shall be indexed where the TV camera is clear of the core support barrel. The TV camera must be vertical to permit mast rotation.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 7. ROTATE the mast as follows:
| |
| : a. TOUCH SHOW HOIST on the Main CRT screen.
| |
| : b. TOUCH SHOW MAST.
| |
| : c. ENSURE the camera is not tilted.
| |
| : d. IF desired to rotate the mast using the CRT, THEN TOUCH ONE of the four position touch pads (0 , 90 (0 90, 180 180, 270 270)
| |
| AND VERIFY the following:
| |
| (1) Mast Detent disengages and the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED light illuminates.
| |
| (2) Mast rotates to the desired position.
| |
| (3) Mast Detent engages AND the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED indicator light extinguishes.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 23 of 130 6.3.B.7 Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The mast rotate pushbuttons on the console will allow mast rotation to any position within the travel limits provided all interlocks are met.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : e. IF desired to rotate the mast using the MAST COUNTER CLOCKWISE OR MAST CLOCKWISE console pushbuttons, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) TOUCH FREE MAST AND VERIFY the Mast Detent disengages and the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED light illuminates.
| |
| (2) DEPRESS AND HOLD the desired mast rotation pushbutton.
| |
| (3) ENSURE the Mast Detent disengages and the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED light illuminates.
| |
| (4) WHEN the mast is rotated to the desired position, THEN RELEASE the mast rotation pushbutton.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The mast detent will only engage when the mast is rotated to 90 angles. (0 90 (0, 90 90, 180 180, 270 270)
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º (5) TOUCH the LOCK MAST touch pad.
| |
| (6) VERIFY the Mast Detent engages AND the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED indicator light extinguishes.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 24 of 130 6.3.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE To prevent a BRIDGE TROLLEY LOCKOUT, a loaded hoist must be in the FUEL AND HOIST region, AND an unloaded hoist must be above the LOW ZONE (150" at the upender, 268" over the core).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 8. OPERATE an empty RFM as follows:
| |
| : a. VERIFY hoist position:
| |
| IF performing core to core moves, THEN ENSURE the hoist is above 268 inches.
| |
| IF performing other than core to core moves AND traveling over the 44' elevation, THEN ENSURE the hoist is at the UP LIMIT.
| |
| IF performing other than core to core moves AND NOT traveling over the 44' elevation, THEN ENSURE the hoist is above 150".
| |
| : b. OPERATE the bridge and trolley as required to position the RFM.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Must be over either the core or upender for this option to be available.
| |
| If transitioning to a core location in automatic with the hoist above the Down Stop Bypass Zone, when the desired location is reached the hoist will automatically lower to the Down Stop Bypass Zone. It will be necessary to activate the Hoist Load Bypass before an empty grapple can be lowered.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The ICI bridge location is NOT programmed into the RFM computer. This can allow the RFM to contact the ICI bridge in the SEMI-AUTO or AUTO mode of operation.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 9. PERFORM AUTOMATIC positioning of the RFM as follows:
| |
| : a. ENSURE NFM has loaded the proper fuel moves into the RFM computer.
| |
| : b. IF at any time a step in the Automatic Sequence loaded by NFM can NOT be performed as written, THEN STOP AND OBTAIN new sequence instructions from NFM. The move may then be performed using either SEMI AUTO OR MANUAL operation of the RFM.
| |
| : c. TOUCH the SELECT AUTO touch pad.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 25 of 130 6.3.B.9 Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : d. ENSURE AUTO STEP SEQUENCING ACTIVE is displayed on the touch pad.
| |
| : e. TOUCH the SELECT NEW STEP NUMBER touch pad.
| |
| : f. SELECT the proper step using the INCREMENT STEP touch pad.
| |
| : g. VERIFY the correct pickup and setdown information is displayed AND TOUCH the VERIFY touch pad.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Bridge and Trolley movement may commence when Auto Run is selected (unless off-indexing is requested).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : h. TOUCH the AUTO RUN touch pad.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The RFM must be over either the core or upender for this option to be available. If an Automatic sequence must be interrupted for any reason, machine must be driven in Manual into the core area or the upender zone in order to complete the sequence in Automatic.
| |
| If transitioning to a core location in automatic with the hoist above the Down Stop Bypass Zone, when the desired location is reached the hoist will automatically lower to the Down Stop Bypass Zone. It will be necessary to activate the Hoist Load Bypass before an empty grapple can be lowered.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 10. PERFORM SEMI-AUTOMATIC positioning of the RFM as follows:
| |
| : a. TOUCH the SELECT AUTO touch pad.
| |
| : b. ENSURE SEMI-AUTO SELECTION is displayed on the touch pad.
| |
| : c. TOUCH the REQUEST touch pad.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE When entering a core location be sure to place a dash (-) between the letter and number.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : d. ENTER the desired location AND TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.
| |
| (1) IF Camera Interference message is received, THEN either ABORT OR ROTATE the mast by touching the desired rotation selection.
| |
| : e. VERIFY the correct destination is displayed AND TOUCH the VERIFY touch pad.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 26 of 130 6.3.B.10 Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Bridge and Trolley movement may commence when Auto Run is selected (unless off-indexing is requested).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : f. TOUCH the AUTO RUN touch pad.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Off-Indexing may be available for removal or insertion of a fuel assembly depending upon the location.
| |
| Off-Indexing allows the hoist to operate in fast speed below the Down Stop Bypass Zone.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 11. IF available AND WHEN desired, THEN PERFORM Off-Indexing as follows:
| |
| : a. WHEN questioned by the CRT for OFF-INDEXING MOVE CONFIRMATION, THEN TOUCH the YES, USE PROPOSED LOCATION touch pad.
| |
| : b. IF Off-Indexing when placing a fuel assembly into the core, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The RFM will automatically move to a spot off-indexed from the desired location.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º (1) WHEN the RFM travel has stopped on the desired location's Off-Index spot, THEN LOWER the Hoist as per the correct section of this OI until the Hoist Auto Stop appears on the CRT.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE If OFF INDEX TEMP ZONE BREACHED is indicated on the CRT, Travel Override must be used to return to the proper zone (within the dotted lines).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º (2) MOVE the bridge and trolley, using their respective joysticks, to place the crosshairs of the Off Indexing screen inside the little green box, which will position the fuel assembly to On-Index.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 27 of 130 6.3.B.11 Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : c. IF Off-Indexing when withdrawing a fuel assembly from the core, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE If OFF INDEX TEMP ZONE BREACHED is indicated on the CRT, Travel Override must be used to return to the proper zone (within the dotted lines).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º (1) MOVE the bridge and trolley, using their respective joysticks, to place the crosshairs of the Off Indexing screen inside the big green box, which will position the fuel assembly to Off-Index.
| |
| (2) RAISE the Hoist as per the correct section of this OI.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION During single encoder operation, failure of the remaining encoder will prevent further machine operation.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 12. IF desired to use single encoder operation of Refueling Machine Bridge, Trolley, or Hoist, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. OBTAIN permission from Shift Manager to use single encoder mode.
| |
| : b. PRESS SHOW MENU from the Main or Hoist screen.
| |
| : c. PRESS the GO TO ADMINSTRATION from the Menu screen.
| |
| : d. PRESS ENABLE for the desired encoder to be removed from service.
| |
| : e. ENSURE the encoder indication for the encoder removed from service changes color from green to black.
| |
| : f. PRESS RETURN TO OPERATION to begin single encoder operation of the Refueling Machine.
| |
| : g. WHEN it is desired to return to dual encoder operation, THEN PRESS SHOW MENU from the Main or Hoist screen.
| |
| : h. PRESS the GO TO ADMINSTRATION from the Menu screen.
| |
| : i. PRESS ENABLE for the desired encoder to be placed in service.
| |
| : j. ENSURE the encoder indication for the encoder returned to service changes color from black to green.
| |
| : k. PRESS RETURN TO OPERATION to begin normal operation of the Refueling Machine.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 28 of 130 6.3.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION A deviation between the primary and redundant encoders of greater than 1 inch and less than 3 inches will result in the machine completing its current move, but it will NOT start another move. A deviation of greater than 3 inches will result in the machine NOT moving at all, unless using single encoder operation. Encoders are NOT used to drive the RFM.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 13. IF encoder mismatch is detected, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. PLACE the Refueling Machine into single encoder operation PER 6.3.B.12.
| |
| : b. INSPECT the associated gear track for interference or broken teeth and correct before moving.
| |
| : c. In Electrical Manual Mode, POSITION the bridge and trolley such that the Gauge Blocks are square to the scribe mark located adjacent to the bridge and pool rails.
| |
| : d. LIFT AND ROTATE the primary and/or redundant bridge or trolley encoder gears as required to obtain the following position displays:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥£¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥£¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ Bridge display Trolley display
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥£¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥£¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥£¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥£¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ MIN DESIRED MAX MIN DESIRED MAX
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ Unit-1 Unit-1 428.83 428.88 428.93 835.83 835.88 835.93
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ Unit-2 Unit-2 426.85 426.90 426.95 747.52 747.57 747.62
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¢¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¢¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¢¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¢¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¢¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¢¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : e. IF only one of the encoders can be calibrated, THEN CONTINUE operation in single encoder operation with the calibrated encoder AND INITIATE a CR to repair the off-service encoder.
| |
| : f. IF NO encoders can be calibrated, THEN DISCONTINUE operation of the Refueling Machine AND INITIATE a CR.
| |
| : g. IF the primary and redundant position displays are calibrated to within one inch, THEN RETURN to dual encoder operation PER 6.3.B.12
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 29 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| 6.4.A Initial Conditions
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE This section provides the sequence of movements for the RFM. This section may be performed from memory, and may also be performed in conjunction with the applicable steps in Section 6.3.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 1. All manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.
| |
| : 2. Power is available to the RFM.
| |
| : 3. Instrument Air is available to the RFM.
| |
| : 4. IF performing Core Alterations, THEN ALL requirements documented on OP-7, Section Titled CORE ALTERATION PREPARATIONS are completed.
| |
| : 5. Startup of the Refueling Machine has been completed PER Section 6.1, STARTUP OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE,, OR APPENDIX A, REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT OUT..
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 30 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| (Continued) 6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
| |
| The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions has been completed)
| |
| A spotter (PPO, RFHM qualified personel, or personnel designated by the AOM shall be used if operating mast/grapple to grapple core components) is available to observe fuel movement [B0167]
| |
| The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The hoist is above 268 inches AND the grapple is empty.
| |
| : 2. RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core location, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
| |
| : 3. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, core location, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the FUEL SELECTOR switch is in the correct position.
| |
| : 5. ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 6. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.
| |
| The Mechanical pointer and scale system is available for both the bridge and trolley position as another means of determining position.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 7. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the desired core location as directed PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct core coordinates and the grapple is directly above the assembly.
| |
| : 8. CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct AND INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2 (N/A if NO SNM form on machine).
| |
| : 9. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 31 of 130 6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (supported by down stop: nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoist speed will be automatically reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at down stop.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 10. LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the Down Stop Bypass Zone (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 11, 12 and 13 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 11. IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN LOWER the spreader.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 12. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| : 13. LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (UGOZ) is indicated (~277 inches).
| |
| : 14. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 32 of 130 6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Movement should be stopped AND the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering it appears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 15. LOWER the grapple until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached OR CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT:
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (LGOZ) indication will come on first.
| |
| The hoist is automatically stopped when the Hoist Lower Limit occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 298.00).
| |
| The top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots.
| |
| : 16. GRAPPLE the assembly as follows:
| |
| : a. IF CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, THEN RAISE the grapple until just after the Cable Slack indication goes away AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.
| |
| : b. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would be one indication of proper grappling.
| |
| The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 17. RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.
| |
| : 18. IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN the spotter should visually INSPECT the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.
| |
| IF no load condition exists, THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND OPEN grapple.
| |
| : a. VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates AND ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.
| |
| : b. REPEAT Steps 15 through 17.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 33 of 130 6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 19. NOTIFY the RCRO when the assembly is grappled AND PROVIDE the weight of the assembly.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity coordinates, and that the move may continue.
| |
| : 20. RECORD the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the applicable step.
| |
| : 21. RAISE the hoist AND PERFORM the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:
| |
| : a. CHECK load increases as the assembly is picked up:
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the lower grapple operate zone (LGOZ)
| |
| Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the upper grapple operate zone (UGOZ)
| |
| (approximately 277.00)
| |
| : b. IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR the deviation is less than 50 lbs, THEN PROCEED to Step 22.
| |
| : c. IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, THEN NOTIFY the RCRO AND CONTINUE withdrawal with caution.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 34 of 130 6.4.B.21 Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 21.d may be performed in anticipation of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.
| |
| Any actions taken in Step 21.d are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : d. IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN STOP withdrawal, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| RETURN the fuel assembly to the fully inserted position AND either HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction.
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (than fully inserted).
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 35 of 130 6.4.B.21 Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences.
| |
| With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs.
| |
| IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)
| |
| AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs AND with specific FHS authorization, THEN HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference.
| |
| IF the fuel assembly has no adjacent assemblies, AND if NFM concurs, 03500 THEN the differential force registered on the load cell indication may be raised incrementally, NOT to exceed the hoist overload setpoint.
| |
| : e. REPEAT Step 21, as necessary to remove the fuel assembly.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 36 of 130 6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light indicates that the FUEL ONLY overload is bypassed.
| |
| The FUEL PLUS HOIST overload is still active.
| |
| The Load Transition Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated by the Hoist Load Bypass light automatically coming on.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 22. CONTINUE raising the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box (at 126.56 inches the weight of the hoist box is picked up by the grapple).
| |
| : a. RELEASE the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:
| |
| The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due to the hoist pick up The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT catch an adjacent CEA while being raised. [B0207]
| |
| ©
| |
| : 23. IF the spreader was used, THEN RAISE the spreader AND OBSERVE spreader retraction.
| |
| : 24. IF used, PLACE the TV Camera in the vertical position AND OBSERVE the camera is vertical.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Down Stop Bypass Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated by the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light automatically flashing.
| |
| The Fuel plus Hoist overload is expected when initially picking up the hoist box at approximately 126.56 inches.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 25. RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit AND IF the hoist stops on overload, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. CHECK the load cell indication.
| |
| : b. NOTIFY the FHS AND NFM for further direction.
| |
| : 26. ENSURE the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 37 of 130 6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 27. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 28. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the specified upender cavity coordinates.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified upender cavity is empty, and the mast is directly over the cavity.
| |
| : 29. NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation and RFM coordinates.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast orientation and RFM coordinates are correct.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 30 and 31 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 30. LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT
| |
| (~5.21"):
| |
| The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 31. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 38 of 130 6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 32. LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 32.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP insertion, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference.
| |
| : 33. LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel carrier:
| |
| The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area
| |
| : 34. CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist index of approximately 178 inches).
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 39 of 130 6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 35. UNGRAPPLE the assembly as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.
| |
| : b. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate an inadvertently grappled CEA.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 36. RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (1) IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT empty, THEN STOP withdrawal AND CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.
| |
| : b. RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.
| |
| : 37. RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The hoist will NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. CLOSE the grapple.
| |
| : 38. INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, upender location, and empty grapple weight.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 40 of 130 6.4.B Core to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 39. IF travel will be between upenders, THEN RAISE the hoist above 150":
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE To move the bridge or trolley before the hoist is at the up limit, the RFM will select the Manual-Electric mode. If this condition exists, the Fuel Selector switch will need to be selected to the actual position listed on the SNM Transfer Form 2 to ensure the proper hoist overload and underload settings. If the mast needs to be rotated, it must be rotated prior to grappling the fuel bundle.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. VERIFY PER the RCRO that the following are correct using the SNM Transfer Form 2:
| |
| Refueling Machine Coordinates Detent Position Fuel Selector switch
| |
| : b. AFTER positioning the machine over the new upender coordinates, LOWER the hoist to the UGOZ AND OPEN the grapple.
| |
| : c. CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the cable slack is received, THEN RAISE the hoist to clear cable slack and grapple weight only is indicated..
| |
| : d. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).
| |
| : e. RAISE the hoist approximately 3 inches to verify load increases AND provide the weight to the RCRO.
| |
| : f. AFTER raising the hoist to receive the encoder UP LIMIT indication AND observing that AUTO STEP is activated AND increment step as necessary, THEN VERIFY the following:
| |
| Current step number FUEL SELECTOR position is in 1 for AUTO Mast detent position Core location
| |
| : 40. IF travel will NOT be between upenders, THEN RAISE the hoist to the HOIST UP LIMIT.
| |
| : 41. IF additional moves are to be performed, THEN PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section for the next move.
| |
| : 42. IF movement is complete, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE ,
| |
| to secure the RFM.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 41 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| (Continued) 6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
| |
| The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions has been completed)
| |
| A spotter is available to observe fuel movement [B0167]
| |
| The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The grapple is empty The hoist is at the up limit OR above 150" if previous location was the upender.
| |
| : 2. RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
| |
| : 3. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, upender coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 5. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 6. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the desired upender location as directed PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position AND the grapple is directly above the upender.
| |
| : 7. CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct AND INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : 8. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 42 of 130 6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 9. LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.
| |
| : a. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 10. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Movement should be stopped AND the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering it appears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 11. LOWER the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate is approximately 178.00)
| |
| The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the fuel assembly top plate The fuel assembly top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots.
| |
| : 12. GRAPPLE the assembly as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.
| |
| : b. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 43 of 130 6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would be one indication of proper grappling.
| |
| The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 13. RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.
| |
| : 14. IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN have the spotter visually INSPECT the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.
| |
| IF no load condition exists, THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ AND OPEN the grapple.
| |
| : a. VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates AND ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.
| |
| : b. REPEAT Steps 11 through 13.
| |
| : 15. NOTIFY the RCRO when the assembly is grappled:
| |
| : a. PROVIDE the weight of the assembly and whether the assembly is shiny or dark.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and core location and permission for the move to continue.
| |
| : c. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core location.
| |
| : 16. RECORD the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the applicable step.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 44 of 130 6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 17. RAISE the hoist to the up limit AND PERFORM the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:
| |
| : a. CHECK load increases as the assembly is picked up.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ)
| |
| Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above the Hoist Slow Zone The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP withdrawal, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 45 of 130 6.4.C.17 Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference
| |
| : c. WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, THEN CONTINUE raising the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| : 18. IF used, THEN PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position AND OBSERVE the camera is vertical.
| |
| : 19. IF necessary, THEN ROTATE the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 20. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 21. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the core coordinates specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : a. COMPARE the digital and pointer coordinates with those specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : b. COORDINATE with the spotter to ensure that the position is empty and in agreement with the specified coordinates.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 46 of 130 6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 22. NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to continue the move.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoist speed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at the down stop.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 23. LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the Down Stop Bypass Zone (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).
| |
| : 24. CHECK the alignment of the mast and designated core location.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| Steps 25 and 26 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 25. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 26. IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN LOWER the spreader.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Step 27 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 28 through 30.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 27. INSERT the fuel into the core, AND USE the audible counter AND REPORT any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO. [B0270]
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 47 of 130 6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 28. LOWER the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
| |
| : a. IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR the deviation is less than 50 lbs, THEN PROCEED to Step 29.
| |
| : b. IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, THEN NOTIFY the RCRO AND CONTINUE insertion with caution.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 28.c may be performed in anticipation of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.
| |
| Any actions taken in Step 28.c are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : c. IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN STOP insertion, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| RAISE the assembly until fully clear of the core support alignment pins AND HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (partially inserted)
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 48 of 130 6.4.C.28 Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs.
| |
| IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)
| |
| AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs AND with specific FHS authorization, THEN HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference LOWER the assembly into the core in line with the "To" location of the SNM Transfer Form 2 and away from any other fuel assembly to a position just above the core support plate alignment pins AND HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM coordinates to those of the SNM Transfer Form 2
| |
| : d. REPEAT Step 28, as necessary to insert the assembly.
| |
| : e. IF the hang-up persists AND the NFM-Lead engineer, with the concurrence of the FHS, directs a modification to the fuel move sequence be initiated to temporarily relocate the assembly to a different approved location, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) RAISE the hoist until the assembly is fully clear of the core support alignment pins.
| |
| (2) RETURN to Step 17 AND USE the new coordinates given by the NFM-Lead engineer, as applicable, for the new destination.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 49 of 130 6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 29. LOWER the hoist until the fuel assembly is seated in the core, as indicated by load decreasing AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition occurring as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel alignment pins (hoist index of approximately 297 inches).
| |
| : 30. CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinates of 298.00).
| |
| : 31. NOTIFY the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly.
| |
| (1) The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission. [B0270]
| |
| : 32. ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
| |
| : 33. UNGRAPPLE the assembly as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until the Cable Slack indication goes away AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.
| |
| : b. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate an inadvertently grappled CEA.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 34. RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (1) IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT empty, THEN STOP withdrawal AND CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.
| |
| : b. RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 35. RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The hoist will NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. CLOSE the grapple.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 50 of 130 6.4.C Upender to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 36. CHECK there is an assembly present in the core location listed on the SNM Transfer Form 2 "To" location by using Figure 1A or 1B, as applicable, and looking at the core.
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO that the "TO" location contains an assembly.
| |
| : 37. INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT catch on an adjacent CEA while being raised. [B0207]
| |
| The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 38. IF the spreader was used, THEN RAISE the spreader AND OBSERVE retraction.
| |
| : 39. ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.
| |
| : 40. IF continuing movement and the next location is within the core, THEN RAISE the hoist to above the UGOZ (above hoist index of 268 inches).
| |
| : 41. IF additional moves other than core to core moves are to be performed, THEN RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| : 42. IF additional moves are to be performed, THEN PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.
| |
| : 43. IF fuel movement is complete, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE ,
| |
| to secure the RFM.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 51 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| (Continued) 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
| |
| The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Conditions,,
| |
| has been completed)
| |
| A spotter is available to observe fuel movement [B0167]
| |
| The hoist is above 268 inches AND the grapple is empty.
| |
| : 2. RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core location, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
| |
| : 3. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation for the fuel assembly to be moved.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the FUEL SELECTOR switch is in the correct position.
| |
| : 5. ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 6. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 7. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the desired core location as directed PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct core coordinates and the grapple is directly above the assembly.
| |
| : 8. CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct AND INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : 9. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 52 of 130 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (supported by down stop: nominal hoist coordinate 121.00) hoist speed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at down stop.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 10. IF the hoist is above the Down Stop Bypass Zone, THEN LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the mechanical down stop (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 11, 12 and 13 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 11. IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN LOWER the spreader.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 12. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| : 13. LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (UGOZ) is indicated(~277 inches).
| |
| : 14. OPEN the GRAPPLE.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 53 of 130 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Movement should be stopped AND the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering it appears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 15. LOWER the grapple until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached OR CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT:
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (LGOZ) indication will come on first.
| |
| The hoist is automatically stopped when the Hoist Lower Limit occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 298.00).
| |
| The top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots.
| |
| : 16. GRAPPLE the assembly as follows:
| |
| : a. IF CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, THEN RAISE the grapple until just after the Cable Slack indication goes away AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.
| |
| : b. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would be one indication of proper grappling.
| |
| The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 17. RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.
| |
| : 18. IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN the spotter should visually INSPECT the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.
| |
| IF no load condition exists, THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND OPEN grapple.
| |
| : a. VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates AND ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.
| |
| : b. REPEAT Steps 15 through 17.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 54 of 130 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 19. NOTIFY the RCRO when the assembly is grappled AND PROVIDE the weight of the assembly.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and core location and permission for the move to continue.
| |
| : b. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core location.
| |
| : 20. RECORD the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the applicable step.
| |
| : 21. RAISE the hoist into the fuel hoist box AND PERFORM the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:
| |
| : a. CHECK load increases as the assembly is picked up.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the lower grapple operate zone (LGOZ)
| |
| Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the upper grapple operate zone (UGOZ)
| |
| (approximately 277.00)
| |
| : b. IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR the deviation is less than 50 lbs, THEN PROCEED to Step 22.
| |
| : c. IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, THEN NOTIFY the RCRO AND CONTINUE withdrawal with caution.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 55 of 130 6.4.D.21 Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 21.d may be performed in anticipation of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.
| |
| Any actions taken in Step 21.d are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : d. IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN STOP withdrawal, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| RETURN the fuel assembly to the fully inserted position AND either HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (than fully inserted)
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 56 of 130 6.4.D.21 Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs.
| |
| IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)
| |
| AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs AND with specific FHS authorization, THEN HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference
| |
| : e. REPEAT Step 21, as necessary to remove the fuel assembly.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 57 of 130 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light indicates that the FUEL ONLY overload is bypassed.
| |
| The FUEL PLUS HOIST overload is still active.
| |
| The Load Transition Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated by the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light flashing.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 22. CONTINUE raising the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box (at 126.56 inches the weight of the hoist box is picked up by the grapple).
| |
| : a. RELEASE the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:
| |
| The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches prior to the weighing meter indicating the load has increased due to the hoist pick up The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT catch an adjacent CEA while being raised. [B0207]
| |
| ©
| |
| : 23. IF the spreader was used, THEN RAISE the spreader AND OBSERVE spreader retraction.
| |
| : 24. IF used, THEN PLACE the TV Camera in the vertical position AND OBSERVE the camera is vertical.
| |
| : 25. ENSURE the following:
| |
| Fuel is fully retracted into the fuel hoist box (as indicated by hoist load)
| |
| The Hoist Load Bypass light is NOT flashing
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 58 of 130 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Down Stop Bypass Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated by the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light automatically flashing.
| |
| The Fuel plus Hoist overload is expected when initially picking up the hoist box at approximately 126.56 inches.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 26. IF it is desired, THEN RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| : a. IF the hoist stops on overload, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) CHECK the load cell indication.
| |
| (2) NOTIFY the FHS AND NFM for further direction.
| |
| : 27. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 28. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the core coordinates specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2:
| |
| : a. ROTATE the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : b. COMPARE the digital and pointer coordinates with those specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : c. COORDINATE with the spotter to ensure that the position is empty and in agreement with the specified coordinates.
| |
| : 29. NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to continue the move.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 59 of 130 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoist speed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at the down stop.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 30. IF the hoist is above the Down Stop Bypass Zone, THEN LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the mechanical down stop (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).
| |
| : 31. CHECK the alignment of the mast and designated core location.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| Steps 32 and 33 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 32. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| : 33. IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN LOWER the spreader.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Step 34 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 35 through 37.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 34. INSERT the fuel into the core, AND USE the audible counter AND REPORT any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 60 of 130 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 35. Lower the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
| |
| : a. IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR the deviation is less than 50 lbs, THEN PROCEED to Step 36.
| |
| : b. IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, THEN NOTIFY the RCRO AND CONTINUE insertion with caution.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 35.c may be performed in anticipation of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.
| |
| Any actions taken in Step 35.c are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling Procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : c. IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN STOP insertion, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| RAISE the assembly until fully clear of the core support alignment pins AND HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (partially inserted)
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 61 of 130 6.4.D.35 Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs.
| |
| IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)
| |
| AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs AND with specific FHS authorization, THEN HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference LOWER the assembly into the core in line with the "To" location of the SNM Transfer Form 2 and away from any other fuel assembly to a position just above the core support plate alignment pins AND HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM coordinates to those of the SNM Transfer Form 2
| |
| : d. REPEAT Step 35, as necessary to insert the fuel assembly.
| |
| : e. IF the hang-up persists AND the NFM-lead engineer, with the concurrence of the FHS, directs a modification to the fuel move sequence be initiated to temporarily relocate the assembly to a different approved location, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) RAISE the hoist until the assembly is fully clear of the core support alignment pins.
| |
| (2) RETURN to Step 21, using the new coordinates given by the NFM-Lead engineer, as applicable, for the new destination.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 62 of 130 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 36. LOWER the hoist until the fuel assembly is seated in the core, as indicated by load decreasing AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition occurring as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel alignment pins (hoist index of approximately 297 inches).
| |
| : 37. CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT AND the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinates of 298.00).
| |
| : 38. NOTIFY the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly.
| |
| (1) The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission. [B0270]
| |
| : 39. ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
| |
| : 40. UNGRAPPLE the assembly as follows:
| |
| : a. IF CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, THEN RAISE the grapple until the Cable Slack indication goes away AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.
| |
| : b. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate an inadvertently grappled CEA.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 41. RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (1) IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT empty, THEN STOP withdrawal AND CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.
| |
| : b. RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 42. RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The hoist will NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. CLOSE the grapple.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 63 of 130 6.4.D Core to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 43. CHECK there is an assembly present in the core location listed on the SNM Transfer Form 2 "To" location by using Figure 1A or 1B, as applicable, and looking at the core.
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO that the "TO" location contains an assembly.
| |
| : 44. INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 45, 46, 47 and 48 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT catch on an adjacent CEA while being raised. [B0207]
| |
| The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 45. IF the spreader was used, THEN RAISE the spreader AND OBSERVE retraction.
| |
| : 46. ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.
| |
| : 47. IF continuing with core to core movement, THEN RAISE the hoist to above the UGOZ (above hoist index of 268 inches).
| |
| : 48. IF additional moves other than core to core are to be performed, THEN RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| : 49. IF additional core to core moves are to be performed, THEN RETURN to the beginning of Subsection 6.4.D.
| |
| : 50. IF additional moves other than core to core are to be performed, THEN PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.
| |
| : 51. IF fuel movement is complete, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE ,
| |
| to secure the RFM.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 64 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| (Continued) 6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
| |
| The RFM is over the upender The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions has been completed)
| |
| A spotter is available to observe movement [B0167]
| |
| The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The hoist is at the up limit AND the grapple is empty
| |
| : 2. RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, upender location, and the required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.
| |
| : 3. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, upender cavity location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 5. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 6. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the desired upender location PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position AND the grapple is directly above the upender.
| |
| : 7. CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct, if applicable, AND INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : 8. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 65 of 130 6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 9. LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.
| |
| : a. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 10. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| : 11. LOWER the grapple until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate is 178.00)
| |
| The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the fuel assembly top plate or top of the object The fuel assembly top plate webs (or lifting bails of the object) should be in the grapple "entrance" slots
| |
| : 12. GRAPPLE the object as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.
| |
| : b. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment of the object.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 66 of 130 6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would be one indication of proper grappling.
| |
| The weight of a fuel assembly or a dummy fuel assembly should be between the over and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 13. RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.
| |
| : 14. IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN the spotter should visually INSPECT the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.
| |
| IF no load condition exists, THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND OPEN the grapple.
| |
| : a. VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates AND ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the object.
| |
| : b. REPEAT Steps 11 through 13.
| |
| : 15. NOTIFY the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:
| |
| : a. PROVIDE the weight of the object and whether the assembly is shiny or dark (if a fuel assembly).
| |
| : b. RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and storage rack coordinates, AND that the move may continue.
| |
| : 16. RECORD the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct step, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 67 of 130 6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Hoist load indication shall be carefully observed during withdrawal when the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is ON since the load system interlocks are bypassed.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 17. RAISE the hoist to the up limit AND PERFORM the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:
| |
| : a. CHECK load increases as the object is picked up.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the LGOZ Speed is restricted to slow speed until the object is raised above the low zone The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP withdrawal, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 68 of 130 6.4.E.17 Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference
| |
| : c. WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, THEN CONTINUE raising the hoist to the up limit.
| |
| : 18. IF used, THEN PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position AND OBSERVE the camera is vertical.
| |
| : 19. IF necessary, THEN ROTATE the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 20. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| : 21. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the Refuel Pool storage rack coordinates specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the digital coordinates for the storage rack with those specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : b. COORDINATE with the spotter to ensure the following:
| |
| The position is in agreement with the specified coordinates The specified location is empty The grapple is directly above the desired location
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 69 of 130 6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 22. NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, storage rack coordinates, and mast orientation, if applicable.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, storage rack coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to continue the move.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 23. LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT
| |
| (~5.21").
| |
| The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 24. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 70 of 130 6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 25. LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 25.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP insertion, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference
| |
| : 26. LOWER the hoist to insert the object into the storage rack until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the object is taken up by the storage rack:
| |
| The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area
| |
| : 27. CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, AND the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinate of 178.00).
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 71 of 130 6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 28. NOTIFY the RCRO the object is fully inserted into the temporary storage rack.
| |
| : 29. UNGRAPPLE the object as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.
| |
| : b. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate an inadvertently grappled CEA.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 30. RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object (documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).
| |
| (1) IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT empty, THEN STOP withdrawal AND CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.
| |
| : b. RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.
| |
| : 31. RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The hoist will NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. CLOSE the grapple.
| |
| : 32. INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, storage rack coordinates, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if applicable.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 33 and 34 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 33. ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.
| |
| : 34. RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 72 of 130 6.4.E Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 35. IF additional moves are to be performed, THEN PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.
| |
| : 36. IF movement is complete, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE ,
| |
| to secure the RFM.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 73 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| (Continued) 6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
| |
| The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions has been completed)
| |
| A spotter is available to observe movement [B0167]
| |
| The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND the grapple is empty
| |
| : 2. RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
| |
| : 3. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 5. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| : 6. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the desired storage rack coordinates PER the SNM Transfer Form 2:
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates AND the grapple is directly above the storage rack cavity.
| |
| : 7. CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct AND INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : 8. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 9. LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.
| |
| : a. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 74 of 130 6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 10. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| : 11. LOWER the grapple until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE AND a CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate is 178.00)
| |
| The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the assembly The fuel assembly top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots
| |
| : 12. GRAPPLE the assembly as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes away AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.
| |
| : b. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would be one indication of proper grappling.
| |
| The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 13. RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.
| |
| : 14. IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN the spotter should visually INSPECT the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.
| |
| IF no load condition exists, THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND OPEN the grapple.
| |
| : a. VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates AND ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.
| |
| : b. REPEAT Steps 11 through 13.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 75 of 130 6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 15. NOTIFY the RCRO when the assembly is grappled:
| |
| : a. PROVIDE the weight of the assembly and whether the assembly is shiny or dark.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core location and permission for the move to continue.
| |
| : c. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the mast orientation and core location.
| |
| : 16. RECORD the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the applicable step.
| |
| : 17. RAISE the hoist to the up limit AND PERFORM the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:
| |
| : a. CHECK load increases as the assembly is picked up.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ)
| |
| Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above the low zone The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the object is raised approximately 18 inches AND remain on until the object is raised above the UGOZ
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP withdrawal, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 76 of 130 6.4.F.17 Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference
| |
| : c. WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, THEN CONTINUE raising the hoist to the up limit.
| |
| : 18. IF used, THEN PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position AND OBSERVE the camera is vertical.
| |
| : 19. IF necessary, THEN ROTATE the mast to the orientation specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 20. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| : 21. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the core coordinates specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : a. COMPARE the digital and pointer coordinates with those specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : b. COORDINATE with the spotter to ensure that the RFM position is empty and in agreement with the specified coordinates.
| |
| : 22. NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, core coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to continue the move.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 77 of 130 6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoist speed shall be reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at the down stop.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 23. LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the Down Stop Bypass Zone (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).
| |
| : 24. CHECK the alignment of the mast and designated core location.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 25 and 26 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 25. IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN LOWER the spreader.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 26. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Step 27 is to be performed concurrently with Steps 28 through 30.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 27. INSERT the fuel into the core, AND USE the audible counter AND REPORT any abnormally rising count rate to the FHS and RCRO. [B0270]
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 78 of 130 6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 28. LOWER the hoist to insert the fuel assembly into the designated core location, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
| |
| : a. IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR the deviation is less than 50 lbs, THEN PROCEED to Step 29.
| |
| : b. IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, THEN NOTIFY the RCRO AND CONTINUE insertion with caution.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 28.c may be performed in anticipation of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.
| |
| Any actions taken in Step 28.c are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : c. IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN STOP insertion, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| RAISE the assembly until fully clear of the core support alignment pins AND HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (partially inserted)
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 79 of 130 6.4.F.28 Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs.
| |
| IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)
| |
| AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs AND with specific FHS authorization, THEN HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference LOWER the assembly into the core in line with the "To" location of the SNM Transfer Form 2 and away from any other fuel assembly to a position just above the core support plate alignment pins AND HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM coordinates to those of the SNM Transfer Form 2
| |
| : d. REPEAT Step 28, as necessary to insert the fuel assembly.
| |
| : e. IF the hang-up persists AND the NFM-lead engineer, with the concurrence of the FHS, directs a modification to the fuel move sequence be initiated to temporarily relocate the assembly to a different approved location, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) RAISE the hoist until the assembly is fully clear of the core support alignment pins.
| |
| (2) RETURN to Step 17 AND USE the new coordinates given by the NFM-Lead engineer, as applicable, for the new destination.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 80 of 130 6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 29. LOWER the hoist until the fuel assembly is seated in the core, as indicated by load decreasing AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition occurring as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel alignment pins (hoist index of approximately 297 inches).
| |
| : 30. CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinate of 298.00)
| |
| : 31. NOTIFY the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to ungrapple the assembly:
| |
| (1) The RCRO shall check the 1/m count is acceptable prior to giving permission. [B0270]
| |
| : 32. ENSURE the assembly is properly aligned with the core.
| |
| : 33. UNGRAPPLE the assembly as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until the Cable Slack indication goes away AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.
| |
| : b. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate an inadvertently grappled CEA.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 34. RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (1) IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT empty, THEN STOP withdrawal AND CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.
| |
| : b. RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 35. RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The hoist will NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. CLOSE the grapple.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 81 of 130 6.4.F Temporary Storage Rack to Core Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 36. CHECK there is an assembly present in the core location listed on the SNM Transfer Form 2 "To" location by using Figure 1A or 1B, as applicable, and looking at the core.
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO that the "TO" location contains an assembly.
| |
| : 37. INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, final location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 38, 39, 40 and 41 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The spotter shall observe retraction of the spreader to verify that it does NOT catch on an adjacent CEA while being raised. [B0207]
| |
| The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 38. IF the spreader was used, THEN RAISE the spreader AND OBSERVE retraction.
| |
| : 39. ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.
| |
| : 40. IF continuing movement AND the next location is within the core, THEN RAISE the hoist to above the UGOZ (above hoist index of 268 inches).
| |
| : 41. IF additional moves other than core to core are to be performed, THEN RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| : 42. IF additional moves are to be performed, THEN PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.
| |
| : 43. IF fuel movement is complete, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE ,
| |
| to secure the RFM.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 82 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| (Continued) 6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
| |
| The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Conditions,,
| |
| has been completed)
| |
| A spotter is available to observe fuel movement [B0167]
| |
| The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The hoist is above 268 inches AND the grapple is empty
| |
| : 2. RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, core location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO.
| |
| : 3. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, core location, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the FUEL SELECTOR switch is in the correct position.
| |
| : 5. ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 6. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 7. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the desired core location as directed PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct core coordinates AND the grapple is centered above the location.
| |
| : 8. CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct AND INITIAL the "VER" column of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : 9. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 83 of 130 6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Just prior to the fuel hoist box being fully extended (supported by down stop: nominal hoist coordinate 126.56) hoist speed will be automatically reduced to slow speed to prevent bump at down stop.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 10. LOWER the hoist until the hoist box is at the mechanical down stop (hoist load indication will show weight decrease as hoist box weight is taken up by mechanical stop).
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 11, 12 and 13 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 11. IF spreader operation is directed by the FHS, THEN LOWER the spreader.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 12. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| : 13. LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (UGOZ) is indicated (~277 inches).
| |
| : 14. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 84 of 130 6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Movement should be stopped AND the FHS informed, if during the process of lowering it appears that the assembly cannot be grappled on the center guide post.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 15. LOWER the grapple until the Hoist Lower Limit is reached OR CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (LGOZ) indication will come on first The hoist is automatically stopped when the Hoist Lower Limit occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 298.00)
| |
| The top plate webs should be in the grapple "entrance" slots
| |
| : 16. GRAPPLE the assembly as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes away AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.
| |
| : b. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment (center post of fuel assembly).
| |
| : 17. ENSURE HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would be one indication of proper grappling.
| |
| The weight of the assembly should be between the over and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 18. RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.
| |
| : 19. IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN the spotter should visually INSPECT the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.
| |
| IF no load condition exists, THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND OPEN grapple.
| |
| : a. VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates AND ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.
| |
| : b. REPEAT Steps 15 through 18.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 85 of 130 6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 20. NOTIFY the RCRO when the assembly is grappled AND PROVIDE the weight of the assembly.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and storage rack cavity coordinates, and that the move may continue.
| |
| : 21. RECORD the weight of the assembly on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the applicable step.
| |
| : 22. RAISE the hoist AND PERFORM the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:
| |
| : a. CHECK load increases as the assembly is picked up.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the LGOZ Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches AND remain on until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ (approximately 277.00)
| |
| : b. IF no deviation from expected load cell indication occurs OR the deviation is less than 50 lbs, THEN PROCEED to Step 23.
| |
| : c. IF a deviation of more than 50 lbs from the expected load cell indication occurs, THEN NOTIFY the RCRO AND CONTINUE withdrawal with caution.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 86 of 130 6.4.G.22 Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE At the direction of the FHS, the actions of Step 22.d may be performed in anticipation of interference due to bowed or twisted assemblies.
| |
| Any actions taken in Step 22.d are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 268" when above the core.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : d. IF the deviation increases to 100 lbs or greater, THEN STOP withdrawal, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| RETURN the fuel assembly to the fully inserted position AND either HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.2 inches in any direction with the assembly at other elevations (than fully inserted)
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 87 of 130 6.4.G.22 Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from potential grid interferences With the concurrence of the NFM-Lead engineer HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction of any obstacle (an adjacent assembly or the shroud), provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs.
| |
| IF the direction of travel is clear (no adjacent assemblies or shroud wall)
| |
| AND provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs AND with specific FHS authorization, THEN HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 268", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM as necessary to clear the interference
| |
| : e. REPEAT Step 22, as necessary to remove the fuel assembly.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 88 of 130 6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light indicates that the FUEL ONLY overload is bypassed.
| |
| The FUEL PLUS HOIST overload is still active.
| |
| The Load Transition Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated by the Hoist Load Bypass light automatically coming on.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 23. CONTINUE raising the hoist until the fuel assembly is fully raised into the hoist box (at 126.56 inches as the weight of the hoist box is picked up by the grapple).
| |
| : a. RELEASE the HOIST control switch when the Hoist Box weight is picked up:
| |
| The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light should start flashing at approximately 3 inches before the weighing meter indicates the load has increased due to the hoist pick up The HOIST LOAD BYPASS light will continue flashing for a short period of raising (approximately 6 inches), so it is possible to raise the hoist slightly above this point
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The spotter shall observe the retraction of the spreader to ensure that it does NOT catch an adjacent CEA while being raised. [B0207]
| |
| ©
| |
| : 24. IF the spreader was used, THEN RAISE the spreader AND OBSERVE spreader retraction.
| |
| : 25. IF used, THEN PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position AND OBSERVE the camera is vertical.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 89 of 130 6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Down Stop Bypass Zone starts at approximately 128.00 inches, and is indicated by the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light automatically flashing.
| |
| The Fuel plus Hoist overload is expected when initially picking up the hoist box at approximately 126.56 inches.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 26. RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit AND IF the hoist stops on overload, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. CHECK the load cell indication.
| |
| : b. NOTIFY the FHS AND NFM for further direction.
| |
| : 27. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| : 28. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the specified temporary storage rack coordinates.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified storage rack cavity is empty, and the grapple is directly above the cavity.
| |
| : 29. ENSURE the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 30. NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation and storage rack coordinates.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast orientation and storage rack location are correct.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 31 and 32 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 31. LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT
| |
| (~5.21"):
| |
| The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 90 of 130 6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 32. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| : 33. LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 33.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP insertion, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 91 of 130 6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 34. LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the storage rack:
| |
| The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area
| |
| : 35. CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist index of approximately 178 inches).
| |
| : 36. NOTIFY the RCRO the assembly is fully inserted.
| |
| : 37. UNGRAPPLE the assembly as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.
| |
| : b. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate an inadvertently grappled CEA.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 38. RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (1) IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT empty, THEN STOP withdrawal AND CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.
| |
| : b. RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 39. RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The hoist will NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. CLOSE the grapple.
| |
| : 40. INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, storage rack coordinates, and empty grapple weight.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 92 of 130 6.4.G Core to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 41 and 42 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 41. ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.
| |
| : 42. RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| : 43. IF additional moves are to be performed, THEN PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.
| |
| : 44. IF fuel movement is complete, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE ,
| |
| to secure the RFM.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 93 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| (Continued) 6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
| |
| The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Conditions,,
| |
| has been completed)
| |
| A spotter is available to observe fuel movement [B0167]
| |
| The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND the grapple is empty
| |
| : 2. RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO, if applicable.
| |
| : 3. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 5. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| : 6. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the desired temporary storage rack location as directed PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates and the grapple is directly above the location.
| |
| : 7. CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct AND INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : 8. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 9. LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.
| |
| : a. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 94 of 130 6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 10. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| : 11. LOWER the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 178.00)
| |
| The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the object The fuel assembly top plate webs (or object lifting bail) should be in the grapple "entrance" slots
| |
| : 12. GRAPPLE the object as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.
| |
| : b. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment of the object.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would be one indication of proper grappling.
| |
| The weight of a fuel assembly or a dummy fuel assembly should be between the over and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 13. RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.
| |
| : 14. IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN the spotter should visually INSPECT the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.
| |
| IF no load condition exists, THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND OPEN grapple.
| |
| : a. VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates AND ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.
| |
| : b. REPEAT Steps 11 through 13.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 95 of 130 6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 15. NOTIFY the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:
| |
| : a. PROVIDE the weight of the object.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity coordinates, AND that the move may continue.
| |
| : 16. RECORD the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct step, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Hoist load indication shall be carefully observed during withdrawal when the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is ON since the load system interlocks are bypassed.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 17. RAISE the hoist to the up limit AND PERFORM the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:
| |
| : a. CHECK load increases as the object is picked up.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the object is raised above the LGOZ Speed is restricted to slow speed until the object is raised above the low zone The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the object is raised approximately 18 inches AND remain on until the object is raised above the UGOZ
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 96 of 130 6.4.H.17 Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP withdrawal, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference
| |
| : c. WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, THEN CONTINUE raising the hoist to the up limit.
| |
| : 18. IF used, THEN PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position AND OBSERVE the camera is vertical.
| |
| : 19. ENSURE the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 20. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 97 of 130 6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Automatic positioning of the RFM is performed per Section 6.3.B.9 or 6.3.B.10.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 21. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the specified upender cavity.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified upender cavity is empty, and the grapple is directly above the cavity.
| |
| : 22. NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation and upender cavity, if applicable.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast orientation and upender cavity location are correct.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 23 and 24 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 23. LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT
| |
| (~5.21").
| |
| The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 24. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 98 of 130 6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 25. LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 25.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP insertion, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The differential force registered on the load cell indication shall NOT be allowed to exceed 100 lbs when exercising the hoist cables to prevent damage to the fuel assembly grids.
| |
| Even a momentary deviation of greater than 350 lbs can damage fuel assembly grids.
| |
| © 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference
| |
| : 26. LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the fuel carrier until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the fuel assembly is taken up by the fuel carrier:
| |
| The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area
| |
| : 27. CONTINUE to lower the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 99 of 130 6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 28. NOTIFY the RCRO the object is fully inserted.
| |
| : 29. UNGRAPPLE the object as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.
| |
| : b. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate an inadvertently grappled CEA.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 30. RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object (documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).
| |
| (1) IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT empty, THEN STOP withdrawal AND CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.
| |
| : b. RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.
| |
| : 31. RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The hoist will NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. CLOSE the grapple.
| |
| : 32. INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, upender location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if applicable.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 33 and 34 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 33. ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.
| |
| : 34. RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 100 of 130 6.4.H Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence (Continued)
| |
| : 35. IF additional moves are to be performed, THEN PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.
| |
| : 36. IF movement is complete, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE ,
| |
| to secure the RFM.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 101 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| (Continued) 6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
| |
| The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Conditions,,
| |
| Initial Conditions has been completed)
| |
| A spotter is available to observe movement [B0167]
| |
| The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The hoist is at the up limit AND the grapple is empty
| |
| : 2. RECEIVE notification of the trash can move step number, ID of the object to be moved, mast orientation and upender location from the RCRO, if applicable.
| |
| : 3. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, object ID, mast orientation, and upender cavity coordinates, if applicable.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 5. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| : 6. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the desired upender location PER the SNM Transfer Form 2:
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position and the grapple is directly above the upender.
| |
| : 7. CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position are correct, if applicable AND INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : 8. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 9. LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.
| |
| : a. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 102 of 130 6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 10. IF camera operation is directed by the Spotter, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Grapple should be lowered at a slow rate onto the trash can lid. Weight of grapple could compress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 11. LOWER the grapple until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate is 178.00)
| |
| The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the trash can The trash can top plate pins (or object lifting bail) should be in the grapple "entrance" slots
| |
| : 12. GRAPPLE the object as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.
| |
| : b. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment of the trash can
| |
| ( trash can lid pins must point towards the corners).
| |
| : 13. VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF.
| |
| : 14. RAISE the hoist approximately five inches to verify load increases.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 103 of 130 6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| : 15. IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN the spotter should visually INSPECT the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.
| |
| IF no load condition exists, THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND OPEN grapple.
| |
| : a. VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates AND ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.
| |
| : b. REPEAT Steps 11 through 14.
| |
| : 16. NOTIFY the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:
| |
| : a. PROVIDE the weight of the object.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity coordinates, AND that the move may continue.
| |
| : 17. RECORD the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct step, if applicable AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The following steps will provide automatic overload protection while moving trash cans with the RFM in manual-electric mode. Since the weight of a trash can varies with its contents, a load simulator will be used to bias the trash can's actual weight as necessary to bring it within 140lbs of an automatic hoist overload limit approximately middle of overload/underload setpoint band shown on hoist load scale.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. POSITION Fuel Selector switch to POSITION 2.
| |
| : b. With the Load Simulator turned off, CONNECT the Load Simulator to the RFM console. The Load Simulator may already be connected if this step is being repeated for more than one trash can.
| |
| : c. ADJUST the Load Simulator for a Load Indication of 1340 lbs. VERIFY that the HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is clear.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 104 of 130 6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| : 18. RAISE the hoist to the up limit AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. CHECK load as the trash can is raised.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ)
| |
| Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above the Hoist Slow Zone The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 18.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP withdrawal, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from interference
| |
| : c. WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 18.b, if required, THEN CONTINUE raising the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 105 of 130 6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| : 19. IF used, THEN PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position AND OBSERVE the camera is vertical.
| |
| : 20. ENSURE the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 21. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| : 22. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the Refuel Pool storage rack coordinates specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the digital coordinates for the storage rack with those specified on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : b. COORDINATE with the spotter to ensure the following:
| |
| The position is in agreement with the specified coordinates The specified location is empty The mast is directly above the desired location
| |
| : 23. NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, storage rack coordinates, and mast orientation, if applicable.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, storage rack coordinates, and mast orientation are correct.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE permission from the RCRO to continue the move.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 24. LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT
| |
| (~5.21").
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 25. IF camera operation is directed by the Spotter, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 106 of 130 6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| : 26. LOWER the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 26.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP insertion, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from interference
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Hoist should be lowered at a slow rate during the last few inches of travel. Weight of grapple could compress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 27. LOWER the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the trash can is taken up by the fuel carrier:
| |
| The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area
| |
| : 28. TURN OFF the load simulator.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 107 of 130 6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| : 29. CONTINUE to lower the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically.
| |
| : 30. NOTIFY the RCRO the object is fully inserted, if applicable.
| |
| : 31. UNGRAPPLE the object as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.
| |
| : b. OPEN the grapple AND CHECK that the trash can lid pins point towards the corners.
| |
| : 32. VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate an inadvertently grappled trash can.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 33. RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object (documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).
| |
| (1) IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT empty, THEN STOP withdrawal AND CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.
| |
| : b. RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.
| |
| : 34. RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The hoist will NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. CLOSE the grapple.
| |
| : 35. INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, object ID number (if fuel transfer), storage rack coordinates, mast orientation, AND empty grapple weight, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 108 of 130 6.4.I Upender to Temporary Storage Rack Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 36 and 37 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 36. ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.
| |
| : 37. RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| : 38. IF additional moves are to be performed, THEN PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.
| |
| : 39. IF movement is complete, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE ,
| |
| to secure the RFM.
| |
| : 40. REMOVE the Load Simulator from the RFM console.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 109 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| (Continued) 6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
| |
| The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Conditions,,
| |
| has been completed)
| |
| A spotter is available to observe movement [B0167]
| |
| The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The hoist is at the up limit AND the grapple is empty
| |
| : 2. RECEIVE notification of the trash can move step number, object ID, mast orientation, and storage rack coordinates from the RCRO, if applicable.
| |
| : 3. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, object ID, mast orientation, and storage rack coordinates, if applicable.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 5. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| : 6. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the desired temporary storage rack location as directed PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates and the grapple is directly above the location.
| |
| : 7. CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch position are correct, if applicable AND INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : 8. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 9. LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.
| |
| : a. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 110 of 130 6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 10. IF camera operation is directed by the Spotter, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Grapple should be lowered at a slow rate onto the trash can lid. Weight of grapple could compress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 11. LOWER the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 178.00)
| |
| The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the trash can The trash can top plate pins (or object lifting bail) should be in the grapple "entrance" slots
| |
| : 12. GRAPPLE the object as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.
| |
| : b. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment of the trash can (trash can lid pins must point towards the corners).
| |
| : 13. ENSURE the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF
| |
| : 14. RAISE the hoist approximately five inches to verify load increases.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 111 of 130 6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| : 15. IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN the spotter should visually INSPECT the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.
| |
| IF no load condition exists, THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND OPEN grapple.
| |
| : a. VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates AND ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.
| |
| : b. REPEAT Steps 11 through 14.
| |
| : 16. NOTIFY the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:
| |
| : a. PROVIDE the weight of the object.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity coordinates, AND that the move may continue.
| |
| : 17. RECORD the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct step, if applicable AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The following steps will provide automatic overload protection while moving trash cans with the RFM in manual-electric mode. Since the weight of a trash can varies with its contents, a load simulator will be used to bias the trash can's actual weight as necessary to bring it within 140lbs of an automatic hoist overload limit approximately middle of overload/underload setpoint band shown on hoist load scale.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. POSITION Fuel Selector switch to POSITION 2.
| |
| : b. With the Load Simulator turned off, CONNECT the Load Simulator to the RFM console. The Load Simulator may already be connected if this step is being repeated for more than one trash can.
| |
| : c. ADJUST the Load Simulator for a Load Indication of 1340 lbs. VERIFY that the HOIST UNDERLOAD condition clears.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 112 of 130 6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| : 18. RAISE the hoist to the up limit AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. CHECK load as the trash can is raised.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the assembly is raised above the Lower Grapple Operate Zone (LGOZ)
| |
| Speed is restricted to slow speed until the fuel assembly is raised above the Hoist Slow Zone The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the assembly is raised approximately 18 inches and remain on until the assembly is raised above the UGOZ
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 18.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP withdrawal, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from interference
| |
| : c. WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 18.b, if required, THEN CONTINUE raising the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 113 of 130 6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| : 19. IF used, THEN PLACE the TV camera in the vertical position AND OBSERVE the camera is vertical.
| |
| : 20. ENSURE the mast orientation agrees with the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 21. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| : 22. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the specified upender cavity.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct RFM position, the specified upender cavity is empty, and the mast is directly above the cavity.
| |
| : 23. NOTIFY the RCRO of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation and upender cavity, if applicable.
| |
| : a. RECEIVE confirmation from the RCRO that the step number, mast orientation and upender cavity location are correct.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 24 and 25 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 24. LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT
| |
| (~5.21"):
| |
| The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Spotter may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 25. IF camera operation is directed by the Spotter, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 114 of 130 6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| : 26. LOWER the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 26.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the upender.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP insertion, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the TRAVEL OVERRIDE pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the trash can from interference
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Hoist should be lowered at a slow rate during the last few inches of travel. Weight of grapple could compress lid springs and cause the lid to come loose.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 27. LOWER the hoist to insert the trash can into the fuel carrier until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the trash can is taken up by the fuel carrier:
| |
| The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area
| |
| : 28. TURN OFF the load simulator.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 115 of 130 6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| : 29. CONTINUE to lower the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, and the hoist stops automatically.
| |
| : 30. NOTIFY the RCRO the object is fully inserted, if applicable.
| |
| : 31. UNGRAPPLE the object as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.
| |
| : b. OPEN the grapple AND CHECK that the trash can lid pins point towards the corners.
| |
| : 32. ENSURE the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is OFF.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The weight of an empty grapple is about 218 lbs. A weight of about 300 lbs may indicate an inadvertently grappled trash can.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 33. RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object (documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).
| |
| (1) IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT empty, THEN STOP withdrawal AND CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.
| |
| : b. RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.
| |
| : 34. RAISE the hoist to the UGOZ.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The hoist will NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. CLOSE the grapple.
| |
| : 35. INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed, if applicable.
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, object ID number (if a fuel assembly), upender location, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 116 of 130 6.4.J Temporary Storage Rack to Upender Movement Sequence with a Trash Can (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 36 and 37 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 36. ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.
| |
| : 37. RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| : 38. IF additional moves are to be performed, THEN PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.
| |
| : 39. IF movement is complete, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE ,
| |
| to secure the RFM.
| |
| : 40. REMOVE the Load Simulator from the RFM console.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 117 of 130 6.4 ELECTRICAL MANUAL MODE OF OPERATION [B0154] [REFERENCE USE]
| |
| (Continued) 6.4.K Purging the Mast
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following conditions have been established:
| |
| The RFM is ready for normal operation (Section 6.4.A, Initial Conditions Conditions,,
| |
| has been completed)
| |
| A spotter is available to observe fuel movement [B0167]
| |
| The Fuel Transfer Machine is energized The hoist is at the Hoist Up Limit AND the grapple is empty
| |
| : 2. RECEIVE notification of the fuel move step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position from the RCRO, if applicable.
| |
| : 3. ACKNOWLEDGE the RCRO notification of the SNM Transfer Form 2 step number, mast orientation, storage rack coordinates, and required FUEL SELECTOR switch position, if applicable.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the mast is rotated to the specified orientation of the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : 5. Spotter CHECK equipment PER APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES to ensure safe passage of any fuel and equipment.
| |
| : 6. WHEN Spotter has given permission to move, THEN POSITION the RFM over the desired temporary storage rack location as directed PER the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : a. COORDINATE with the spotter to verify correct storage rack coordinates and the grapple is directly above the location.
| |
| : 7. CONFIRM with the RCRO that the coordinates, detent, and FUEL SELECTOR switch are correct AND INITIAL the "VER" column on the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : 8. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 9 and 10 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 9. LOWER the hoist until the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on.
| |
| : a. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 118 of 130 6.4.K Purging the Mast (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 10. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| : 11. LOWER the hoist until both the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE and CABLE SLACK are indicated on the CRT:
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication will come on first The hoist is automatically stopped when the Cable Slack occurs (nominal hoist coordinate for this position is 178.00)
| |
| The grapple weight should now be partially supported by the top of the object The fuel assembly top plate webs (or object lifting bail) should be in the grapple "entrance" slots
| |
| : 12. GRAPPLE the object as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until the CABLE SLACK indication goes out AND GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY is indicated.
| |
| : b. CLOSE the grapple AND CHECK proper grapple alignment of the object.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE There should be approximately one inch of rise before load is observed. This would be one indication of proper grappling.
| |
| The weight of a fuel assembly or a dummy fuel assembly should be between the over and under load limits as shown on the analog load display on the CRT.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 13. RAISE the hoist approximately three inches to verify load increases.
| |
| : 14. IF no load is observed after approximately three inches of travel, THEN the spotter should visually INSPECT the grapple either by camera or binoculars to verify the no load condition.
| |
| IF no load condition exists, THEN RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ, AND OPEN grapple.
| |
| : a. VERIFY the bridge and trolley coordinates AND ADJUST as required to index the grapple over the fuel assembly.
| |
| : b. REPEAT Steps 11 through 13.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 119 of 130 6.4.K Purging the Mast (Continued)
| |
| : 15. NOTIFY the RCRO when the object is grappled, if applicable:
| |
| : a. PROVIDE the weight of the object.
| |
| : b. RECEIVE notification of the mast orientation and upender cavity coordinates, AND that the move may continue.
| |
| : 16. RECORD the weight of the object on the SNM Transfer Form 2 for the correct step, if applicable.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Hoist load indication shall be carefully observed during withdrawal when the HOIST LOAD BYPASS is ON since the load system interlocks are bypassed.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 17. RAISE the hoist to the up limit AND PERFORM the following, observing hoist load indication during hoisting:
| |
| : a. CHECK load increases as the object is picked up.
| |
| The LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should go off after the object is raised above the LGOZ Speed is restricted to slow speed until the object is raised above the low zone The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on after the object is raised approximately 18 inches AND remain on until the object is raised above the UGOZ
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 120 of 130 6.4.K.17 Purging the Mast (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 17.b are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP withdrawal, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference
| |
| : c. WHEN the rubbing has been alleviated in Step 17.b, if required, THEN CONTINUE raising the hoist to the up limit.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 18 and 19 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The Spreader shall NOT be operated while the Hoist Box is in motion.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 18. LOWER the hoist until the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication comes on the CRT
| |
| (~5.21").
| |
| The HOIST LOAD BYPASS indication should come on prior to the HOIST BOX LATCHED indication
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 121 of 130 6.4.K Purging the Mast (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The FHS may determine an alternate means of observing components if at any time the TV monitor or camera becomes inoperable.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 19. IF camera operation is directed by the FHS, THEN TILT the camera.
| |
| : 20. LOWER the hoist to insert the assembly into the storage rack, observing hoist load indication during insertion:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Any actions taken in Step 20.a are to be documented in the applicable Fuel Handling procedure.
| |
| Any HAND-CRANKING evolutions shall be performed PER Section 6.2, MANUAL OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE MACHINE..
| |
| The Travel Override pushbutton limits RFM speed to 1 foot per minute AND can only be used with the Hoist lower than 150" when above the storage racks.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. IF a deviation of more than 100 lbs from expected load cell indication occurs, THEN STOP insertion, NOTIFY the FHS, AND PERFORM any or all of the following as directed by the FHS:
| |
| HAND-CRANK OR use the Travel Override pushbutton (below 150", max speed 1 fpm) to move the RFM up to 0.5 inches in the direction necessary to alleviate the rubbing, provided the differential force registered on the load cell indication does NOT exceed 300 lbs 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 The hoist cable is potentially highly contaminated. Concurrence of the Radiation Safety 1/4 1/4 Technician shall be obtained prior to handling the hoist cable to prevent the spread of 1/4 1/4 contamination. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4 EXERCISE (FLEX) the hoist cable to free the fuel assembly from interference
| |
| : 21. LOWER the hoist to insert the object into the storage rack until the hoist index indicates approximately 176 inches AND a HOIST UNDERLOAD condition is indicated as the weight of the object is taken up by the storage rack:
| |
| The UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication should come on as the grapple passes through this area
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 122 of 130 6.4.K Purging the Mast (Continued)
| |
| : 22. CONTINUE lowering the hoist until the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE indication comes on, CABLE SLACK is indicated on the CRT, AND the hoist stops automatically (nominal hoist coordinate of 178.00).
| |
| : 23. NOTIFY the RCRO the object is fully inserted into the temporary storage rack.
| |
| : 24. REPEAT Steps 17 through 23 as necessary to purge the mast.
| |
| : 25. UNGRAPPLE the object as follows:
| |
| : a. RAISE the grapple until just after the CABLE SLACK indication goes away and GRAPPLE WEIGHT ONLY indication appears.
| |
| : b. OPEN the grapple.
| |
| : 26. RAISE the grapple approximately 3 inches AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. COMPARE the weight indicated on the load cell with the weight of the object (documented on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable).
| |
| (1) IF the load cell indicates that the grapple is NOT empty, THEN STOP withdrawal AND CONSULT with the RCRO and FHS before continuing.
| |
| : b. RECORD the empty grapple weight on the SNM Transfer Form 2, if applicable.
| |
| : 27. RAISE the grapple to the UGOZ.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The hoist will NOT raise above the UGOZ with the grapple open.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. CLOSE the grapple.
| |
| : 28. INITIAL the SNM Transfer Form 2 "Initial Complete" column corresponding to the move just completed, if applicable. (N/A if NO SNM form on machine)
| |
| : a. NOTIFY the RCRO of the completion of the step giving the step number, storage rack coordinates, mast orientation, and empty grapple weight, if applicable.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 29 and 30 may be performed concurrently.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 29. ENSURE the TV camera is vertical.
| |
| : 30. RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 123 of 130 6.4.K Purging the Mast (Continued)
| |
| : 31. IF additional moves are to be performed, THEN PROCEED to the applicable move sequence of this section 6.4 for the next move.
| |
| : 32. IF movement is complete, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE ,
| |
| to secure the RFM.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 124 of 130 6.5 SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE [CONTINUOUS USE]
| |
| A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. The Refueling Machine is to be secured.
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| : 1. MOVE the RFM to its storage location, South Pool on U-1 or North Pool on U-2.
| |
| : 2. LOWER the hoist onto the up latch.
| |
| : 3. LOG OFF of the CRT.
| |
| : 4. DEPRESS the SHUTDOWN bar displayed on the CRT.
| |
| : 5. DEPRESS the POWER OFF pushbutton.
| |
| : 6. PLACE the MAIN BREAKER to OFF. (located on back of RFM Console.)
| |
| : 7. ENSURE the HEATER ON light is illuminated.
| |
| : 8. IF desired to place the Refueling Machine in a long term shutdown (shutdown for longer than 90 days),
| |
| THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Refer to FIGURE 3 for step B.8.a.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : a. PLACE the pins for both spreader arms in the MAINTENANCE position.
| |
| : b. SHUT the individual air supply valves to the pressure regulators, on the pneumatic control panel:
| |
| U-1(2) RFM CAMERA TILT 1(2)SV0517/CT ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1628 U-1(2) RFM FUEL SPREADER 1(2)SV0517/FS ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1629 U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1630 U-1(2) RFM HOIST LATCH 1(2)SV0517/HLA ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1631 U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632
| |
| : c. SHUT U-1(2) RFM AIR CONTROL PANEL ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1637.
| |
| : d. SHUT REFUELING MACHINE ISOL, 1-IA-431(2-IA-449).
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 125 of 130 6.5.B.8 Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : e. NOTIFY E&C to remove the RFM Console from the containment.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 126 of 130 6.6 OPERATION OF THE REFUELING MACHINE WITH THE FESTOON CABLE EXTENSION INSTALLED A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. All manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.
| |
| : 2. Power is available to the RFM.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Instrument Air will not be available to the Refueling Machine while the festoon cable is installed.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The Refueling Machine shall NOT be used for fuel handling with the festoon cable extension installed.
| |
| A festoon cable tender is required anytime the Refueling Machine bridge is moved with the festoon cable extension installed.
| |
| A Refueling Machine spotter is required anytime the Refueling Machine is moved.
| |
| © B. Procedure
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the pins for both spreader arms are in the MAINTENANCE positon.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The pins for the spreader arms shall be in the Maintenance position prior to isolating Instrument Air.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 2. ENSURE Electrical Maintenance has PERFORMED the following Refueling Machine festoon system alterations:
| |
| : a. INSTALLED the RFM festoon cable extensions.(power, control and phone cables)
| |
| : b. Disconnected the Instrument Air tubing and two coaxial cables.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 127 of 130 6.6.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 3. ENERGIZE the Refueling Machine as follows:
| |
| : a. PLACE the MAIN BREAKER to ON. (located on back of RFM Console.)
| |
| : b. DEPRESS the POWER ON pushbutton on the console panel.
| |
| : c. ENSURE the HEATER ON light is extinguished.
| |
| : d. ENSURE the PLC ACTIVE light is flashing. (Located on the right side of the RFM Console.)
| |
| : e. IF the computer is available, THEN log on to the computer as follows:
| |
| (1) TOUCH the LOG ON touch pad.
| |
| (2) TOUCH in the user name ("FHS") AND TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.
| |
| (3) TOUCH the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.
| |
| (4) TOUCH in the password ("FHS") AND TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.
| |
| (5) TOUCH the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE the hoist is in the Hoist Up Limit position.
| |
| (HOIST UP LIMIT light on)
| |
| | |
| CAUTION Placing the COMPUTER OVERRIDE Keyswitch in OVERRIDE will override ALL interlocks.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 5. PLACE the key-operated COMPUTER OVERRIDE switch to OVERRIDE.
| |
| : 6. OPERATE the bridge as follows:
| |
| : a. MOVE the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (LEFT or RIGHT). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)
| |
| : b. SLOWLY RELEASE the control lever to stop the bridge.
| |
| : 7. OPERATE the trolley as follows:
| |
| : a. MOVE the control lever toward the direction of desired travel (FORWARD or REVERSE). Speed is proportional to switch displacement from the neutral position. (Maximum speed is 50 feet per minute.)
| |
| : b. SLOWLY RELEASE the control lever to stop the trolley.
| |
| : 8. PLACE the key-operated COMPUTER OVERRIDE switch to normal.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 128 of 130 6.6.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 9. DE ENERGIZE the Refueling Machine as follows:
| |
| : a. LOG OFF of the CRT.
| |
| : b. DEPRESS the SHUTDOWN bar displayed on the CRT.
| |
| : c. DEPRESS the POWER OFF pushbutton.
| |
| : d. PLACE the MAIN BREAKER to OFF. (located on back of RFM Console.)
| |
| : e. ENSURE the HEATER ON light is illuminated.
| |
| : 10. WHEN the Refueling Machine has been moved to within its normal operating range (Bridge coordinates of less than 890) AND the festoon cable extension is no longer needed THEN NOTIFY maintenance to restore the Refueling Machine to its normal operating conditions including:
| |
| : a. Festoon cable extension removed.
| |
| : b. Instrument Air tubing re-connected.
| |
| : c. Two coaxial cables connected.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE ENSURE Instrument Air is RESTORED to the Refueling Machine PRIOR to placing spreader arm pins in the OPERATE position.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 11. ENSURE the pins for both spreader arms are in the OPERATE positon.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 129 of 130 7.0 POST-PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES A. Upon completion of attachments, forward the original(s) to the Operations Senior Administrative Assistant for retention PER PR-3-100, Records Management.
| |
| 8.0 BASES
| |
| [B0135] Commitment to verify Repetitive Tasks for periodic inspection of the Spent Fuel Handling Machine and Refueling Machine brakes are performed prior to using the fuel handling machines to reduce the possibility of accidents as contained in INPO SER 3-91.
| |
| [B0154] AOP/EOP cross reference PER NUREG 1358:
| |
| : 1. AOP 6D, FUEL HANDLING INCIDENT, refers to this OI for placing fuel in a safe location during a Fuel Handling Incident. The applicable sections of this OI are 6.1 and 6.3.
| |
| [B0167] Memo NFM 92-365 (NEU 92-365) dated 10/6/92: Use of spotters help minimize the chance of fuel handling incidents.
| |
| [B0207] Response to PDR 93042 and RCAR 9308 recommendations, to verify adjacent CEAs are not lifted during spreader retraction.
| |
| [B0212] Response to INPO SER 30-85. An operator was fatally injured while attempting to board a moving Refueling Machine. The operator's head was caught between the moving bridge and a stationary electrical panel mounted on the wall.
| |
| [B0270] Contains the operations Reactivity Management Procedure Review Guidlines, and letter from B. Shick to M. Navin, 9/22/95.
| |
| [B0376] NUMARC 91-06, Guidlines for Industry Actions to Assess Shutdown Management. Establishes a minimum temperature for SFP and RCS/RFP to ensure proper SDM.
| |
| [B0408] Recommendations from task force in response to Fuel Handling Incident dated April, 1997.
| |
| [B0629] License Renewal Aging Management Basis Document: Fuel Handling Equipment & Other Heavy Load Handling Cranes, AMDB-0030.
| |
| [M0002] A page check of attachments is performed PER a corrective action of LER 89-01.
| |
| 9.0 RECORDS A. Records generated by this procedure shall be transferred to Records Management, PER PR-3-100, Records Management.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 130 of 130 10.0 ATTACHMENTS A. FIGURE 1A, UNIT 1 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES B. FIGURE 1B, UNIT 2 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES C. FIGURE 2, REFUELING INTERLOCKS DIAGRAM D. FIGURE 3, RFM SPREADER ARM E. APPENDIX A, REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT F. APPENDIX B, FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES G. APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST
| |
| | |
| OI-25C FIGURE 1A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 UNIT 1 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES
| |
| | |
| OI-25C FIGURE 1B REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 UNIT 2 CORE BRIDGE AND TROLLEY COORDINATES
| |
| | |
| OI-25C FIGURE 2 REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 REFUELING INTERLOCKS DIAGRAM
| |
| | |
| OI-25C FIGURE 3 REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 RFM SPREADER ARM
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Pin shown in the OPERATE position.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 1 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT A. This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES. [M0002]
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE If possible this appendix should be coordinated with Maintenance Procedure I-24, REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT..
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º B. Initial Conditions
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE If the refueling machine will only be used as a working platform to uncouple CEAs, ONLY Initial Condition 1 applies.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 1. Use of Refueling Machine is anticipated.
| |
| : 2. Refueling Machine Load Simulator is available for use.
| |
| : 3. I&C has initially adjusted RFM setpoints to allow full mast and grapple movement. This initial adjustment will be followed by a calibration (I-24) later with the dummy assembly.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 2 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT C. Refueling Machine Startup and Interlock Check Out Procedure
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Initialing a step indicates that it was performed satisfactorily.
| |
| Steps C.1 through C.6 may be performed in any order.
| |
| If the refueling machine will only be used as a working platform to uncouple CEAs, ONLY steps C.1 through C.14 of this section need to be performed AND the hoist must be maintained in the full up position.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 1. ENSURE all manual handwheels are removed from their extension shafts.
| |
| : 2. CHECK for lubricant leakage from the following oil lubricated components.
| |
| Bridge Drive Trolley Drive Hoist Drive Mast Rotate Gear Motor
| |
| : 3. Visually CHECK equipment for damaged, corroded, or deteriorated parts. [B0629]
| |
| : 4. Visually CHECK rail surfaces and gear rack teeth are clean and free of obstructions.
| |
| : 5. Visually CHECK the festoon cable and track for damage and obstructions which could prevent free mechanical operation.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 3 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT
| |
| : 6. ENSURE E & C has installed the RFM Console.
| |
| : 7. ENSURE Bridge, Trolley, and Hoist Encoder assemblies are installed AND tested(procedure I-17 REFUELING MACHINE POSITION ENCODER INSTALLATION AND TESTING TESTING):):
| |
| : 8. ALIGN Instrument Air to the RFM as follows:
| |
| : a. OPEN REFUELING MACHINE ISOL, 1-IA-431(2-IA-449)
| |
| : b. OPEN U-1(2) RFM AIR CONTROL PANEL ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1637
| |
| : 9. ENSURE OPEN the individual air supply valves to the pressure regulators on the pneumatic control panel, AND ADJUST the air regulators as necessary to maintain the following pressures:
| |
| U-1(2) RFM CAMERA TILT 1(2)SV0517/CT ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1628: 50 +/- 5 PSIG U-1(2) RFM FUEL SPREADER 1(2)SV0517/FS ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1629: 70 +/- 5 PSIG U-1(2) RFM GRAPPLE OPEN/CLOSE 1(2)SV0517/GO/GC ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1630: 50 +/- 10 PSIG U-1(2) RFM HOIST LATCH 1(2)SV0517/HLA ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1631: 70 +/- 5 PSIG
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 4 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT U-1(2) RFM MAST DETENT 1(2)SV0517/MDD ISOL, 1(2)-IA-1632: 70 +/- 5 PSIG
| |
| : 10. ENERGIZE the RFM Console as follows:
| |
| : a. PLACE the MAIN BREAKER to ON. (located on back of RFM Console.)
| |
| : b. DEPRESS the POWER ON pushbutton on the console panel.
| |
| : c. ENSURE the HEATER ON light is extinguished.
| |
| : d. ENSURE the PLC ACTIVE light is flashing. (Located on the right side of the RFM Console.)
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 5 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT
| |
| : e. IF the computer is available, THEN log on to the computer as follows:
| |
| (1) TOUCH the LOG ON touch pad.
| |
| (2) TOUCH in the user name ("FHS") AND TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.
| |
| (3) TOUCH the ENTER PASSWORD touch pad.
| |
| (4) TOUCH in the password ("FHS") AND TOUCH the ENTER touch pad.
| |
| (5) CHECK computer indicates that it is connected to the proper unit.
| |
| (6) TOUCH the PRESS FOR OPERATION touch pad.
| |
| : f. CHECK the following:
| |
| Various indicator lights are energized Position readouts and the load indicator are energized
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 6 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT
| |
| : 11. ENSURE the hoist is in the Hoist Up Limit position.
| |
| (HOIST UP LIMIT light on)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Bridge and trolly full speed operation is approximately 50 FPM.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 12. ACTUATE separately each of the following control switches AND CHECK variable speed up to full speed operation in each direction (hoist last):
| |
| Bridge control switch Trolley control switch Hoist control switch (Due to an underload condition, to lower an empty hoist, HOIST LOAD BYPASS must be set by momentarily pulling out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS pushbutton.)
| |
| : 13. CHECK bridge and trolley can be operated simultaneously.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 7 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT
| |
| : 14. CHECK mast rotate interlocks as follows:
| |
| : a. CHECK the area surrounding the mast is clear of obstructions permitting full rotation of the mast and TV camera without interference.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps C.14.b and C.14.c may be performed in either order.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. SELECT MAST DETENT position for 270 270.CHECK mast rotation stops at 270 270.
| |
| : c. SELECT MAST DETENT position for 0 0.CHECK mast rotation stops at 0.
| |
| : d. ENSURE the Mast Detent is Engaged AND the MAST DETENT DISENGAGED indicator light is extinguished.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 8 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT
| |
| : 15. CHECK hoist operation and interlocks and TV camera operation as follows:
| |
| : a. ENSURE the Hoist Box is raised to the HOIST UP LIMIT.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Refer to FIGURE 3, RFM SPREADER ARM ARM..
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. ENSURE the pins for both spreader arms are in the OPERATE position.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Step C.15.c is to be performed concurrently while performing Steps C.15.d through C.15.v.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : c. INSPECT the hoist cable while running hoist through the full length of travel.
| |
| | |
| CAUTION The spotter shall observe hoist operation AND shall notify the operator to stop lowering the hoist if it appears that any equipment may interfere with the hoist operation.
| |
| ©
| |
| : d. SET the Hoist Load Bypass by pulling-out the HOIST LOAD BYPASS button AND VERIFY the HOIST LOAD BYPASS light is flashing.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 9 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE If not over the core, it is necessary to manually unlatch the hoist to move the hoist box below the latch position.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : e. HOLD the HOIST Latch lever in the UNLATCH position while performing the following:
| |
| (1) LOWER the hoist box, AND VERIFY the hoist operates in slow speed until below the LATCH BYPASS ZONE (approximately 12.5 inch hoist position).
| |
| : f. RELEASE the HOIST LATCH lever.
| |
| : g. CONTINUE lowering the hoist AND CHECK hoist operation is in fast speed (approx 18 FPM) until approximately hoist position 125.00 (just prior to fuel hoist box being fully extended), at which time it shifts to slow speed (approx 5 FPM).
| |
| : h. WHEN the grapple reaches the UPPER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (Upper Grapple Operate Zone is indicated; hoist position of approximately 277 inches),
| |
| THEN STOP hoist movement.
| |
| : i. OPEN the grapple, AND CHECK GRAPPLE OPEN light illuminates.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 10 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT
| |
| : j. LOWER the hoist:
| |
| (1) WHEN grapple reaches the LOWER GRAPPLE OPERATE ZONE (Lower Grapple Operate Zone is indicated; hoist position of approximately 295 inches),
| |
| THEN STOP hoist movement.
| |
| : k. CLOSE the grapple, AND CHECK GRAPPLE CLOSED light illuminates.
| |
| : l. OPEN the grapple, AND CHECK GRAPPLE OPEN light illuminates.
| |
| : m. RAISE the hoist, AND CHECK operation is in slow speed (observe hoist load indication to ensure no equipment is snagged).
| |
| : n. ENSURE the HOIST LOAD BYPASS goes OFF when raising the hoist.
| |
| : o. CHECK hoist movement stops when Upper Operate Zone light illuminates (grapple open).
| |
| : p. CLOSE the grapple, AND CHECK GRAPPLE CLOSED light illuminates.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 11 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT
| |
| : q. DEPRESS the CAMERA TILT pushbutton, AND CHECK tilted view on TV monitor and CAMERA TILT light illuminates.
| |
| (N/A if camera is not available)
| |
| : r. PULL-OUT the CAMERA TILT pushbutton, AND CHECK vertical view on TV monitor and CAMERA TILT light extinguishes.
| |
| (N/A if camera is not available)
| |
| : s. PLACE the FUEL SPREADER selector switch to the EXTEND position, AND VERIFY the FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED light extinguishes and FUEL SPREADER EXTENDED is indicated on the CRT.
| |
| : t. PLACE the FUEL SPREADER selector switch to the RETRACT position, AND VERIFY the FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED light illuminates and FUEL SPREADER RETRACTED is indicated on the CRT.
| |
| : u. RAISE the hoist to the up limit, AND CHECK for shift to high speed at approximately hoist position 123.56 (approximate position when a fuel assembly would be fully raised into the hoist box).
| |
| : v. CHECK hoist movement stops when reaching the Hoist Up Limit (HOIST UP LIMIT light illuminates).
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 12 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE For the hoist latch operation and interlock checks the RFM can NOT be over the core.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 16. CHECK hoist latch operation and interlocks as follows:
| |
| : a. LOWER the hoist, AND CHECK HOIST BOX LATCHED indication illuminates (at approximate hoist position 5.21)
| |
| : b. RAISE the hoist to the HOIST UP-LIMIT.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 13 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT D. Hoist Load System Check Out Procedure Procedure::
| |
| : 1. ENSURE the following Repetitive Task is current on the applicable Unit:
| |
| Unit-1 (encoder alignment 2yr) 10811001 Unit-2 (encoder alignment 2yr) 20811001
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE STP-0-59-1(2) Section 6.1, Refueling Machine Hoist Overload limit testtest,, may be performed concurrently with this section.
| |
| With the load simulator connected and turned on, it will override the transducer weight indication. By turning the box switch off, the load simulator is removed from the circuit.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 2. CONNECT the load simulator to the RFM Console.
| |
| : 3. PERFORM I-24, REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT..
| |
| : 4. ENSURE I-24, REFUELING MACHINE LOAD WEIGHING SYSTEM ALIGNMENT TEST/ADJUSTMENT is completed SAT.
| |
| : 5. REMOVE the simulator from the load weighing system by placing its toggle switch in OFF.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 14 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT
| |
| : 6. RAISE the hoist to the Hoist Up Limit.
| |
| E. Additional RFM Checks
| |
| : 1. HAVE the dummy fuel assembly transferred from the SFP to the RFP. (N/A if stored in RFP storage rack).
| |
| : 2. GRAPPLE the dummy fuel assembly at all four detents of the RFM mast AND CHECK no deflection of the grapple caused by misalignment.
| |
| : 3. IF the dummy fuel assembly is NOT required for further testing activities, THEN HAVE it returned to the SFP.
| |
| (N/A if stored in RFP storage rack).
| |
| F. LIST any required steps which could NOT be completed OR completed satisfactorily AND any associated comments:
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX A REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 15 of 15 REFUELING MACHINE CHECK OUT G. The Refueling Machine is : OPERABLE / OUT OF SERVICE (circle one)
| |
| SM H. IF desired PLACE the Refueling Machine in a short term shutdown (shutdown 90 days or less) PER Section 6.5, SECURING THE REFUELING MACHINE .
| |
| (N/A if NOT performed)
| |
| I. IF Refueling Operations will begin, THEN PERFORM APPENDIX C, REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST
| |
| [B0408]. (N/A if NOT performed)
| |
| J. This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES. [M0002]
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX B REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 1 of 1 FUEL SPOTTER RESPONSIBILITIES
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The responsibilities listed are NOT all-inclusive. The Fuel Handling Supervisor may add or delete responsibilities as conditions warrant. This is merely a guideline of the types of responsibilities expected of the spotter.
| |
| A fuel spotter shall be used anytime the RFM is being moved. Spotter shall be proficient PER NO-1-200, Control of Shift Activities. [B0167]
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º A. Responsibilities
| |
| : 1. The primary responsibility of the spotter is watch the movement of fuel to ensure that there is a clear pathway for the fuel (grapple, hoist, bridge, trolley) without danger of collision. This provides additional protection for the fuel, as well as the fuel handling equipment.
| |
| : a. In addition, during upward movement of the grapple or retraction of the spreader, the spotter shall observe to check for an inadvertently snagged CEA or fuel assembly being lifted out of position. [B0207]
| |
| : 2. Some of the secondary responsibilities are:
| |
| : a. Ensure the rails of the bridge and trolley are free of obstructions each time prior to movement of either one.
| |
| : b. Assist the RFM operator in determining the correct location required by the SNM Transfer Form 2.
| |
| : c. Check the hoist is centered above the object prior to lowering to grapple the object.
| |
| : d. Check the mast detent is in the position called for on the SNM Transfer Form 2 prior to lowering the object into the desired location.
| |
| : e. Check for proper grappling when picking up an object.
| |
| : f. Watch for equipment such as hoses, cords and pool lights that may interfere with RFM operation prior to and during operation of the of the RFM.
| |
| : g. Check that assemblies placed into the core are properly aligned with the core and adjacent assemblies.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 1 of 2 REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST [B0408]
| |
| : 1. This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES. [M0002]
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Steps 2 - 16 may be performed in any order.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 2. A SWP is approved for the refueling activities to be performed within this procedure.
| |
| : 3. The RCSS has been notified of the activities to be performed within this procedure.
| |
| : 4. IF uncoupling/coupling CEAs, THEN VERIFY RFP level is greater than 56.7 ft.
| |
| : 5. IF moving Fuel assemblies OR CEAs, THEN VERIFY RFP level greater than 65 ft (normally 67 feet) prior to moving Fuel or CEAs.
| |
| : 6. ENSURE at least one Containment Iodine Filter is available for service.
| |
| : 7. ENSURE CREVS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.8.
| |
| : 8. ENSURE CRETS operable per Tech Spec 3.7.9.
| |
| : 9. The RFP clarity and lighting are adequate to see the assemblies and details of the lower core support (for onloads only).
| |
| : 10. IF moving Fuel Assemblies, THEN an approved set of fuel moves is present and notification has been received from Nuclear Fuel Management of the step number to start on.
| |
| : 11. VERIFY 2 WRNIs Operable, each with continuous visual indication in the Control Room AND one with audible indication in the Containment and Control Room. (Tech Spec 3.9.2)
| |
| : 12. Sections 5.0 AND 6.3 of this OI have been reviewed.
| |
| : 13. Prior to core alterations, VERIFY a visual inspection has been completed of all equipment paths for foreign material interference within the last 72 hrs.
| |
| | |
| OI-25C APPENDIX C REFUELING MACHINE Rev. 35 Page 2 of 2 REFUELING OPERATIONS CHECKLIST [B0408]
| |
| : 14. VERIFY the following STPs have been completed within the required time requirements:
| |
| STP 0-92 STP 0-59
| |
| : 15. IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within containment, THEN VERIFY the following STPs have been completed within the required time requirements:
| |
| STP 0-55A STP 0-60
| |
| : 16. VERIFY the following Radiation Monitors required for movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment, are in service:
| |
| IF Cntmt Purge is in service, THEN 69 ft Elevation Containment Area Radiation Monitors, RI-5316A thru D, are operable PER Tech Spec 3.3.7.
| |
| IF Cntmt Purge is secured, THEN at least one of the 69 ft Elevation Containment Area Radiation Monitors, RI-5316A thru D
| |
| : 17. This appendix has been page checked against the LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES. [M0002]
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The signatures below indicate that the appendix has been completed and reviewed.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º FHS/CRS DATE SM DATE
| |
| | |
| CALVERT CLIFFS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT UNIT ONE AND TWO OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM REVISION 29 SAFETY RELATED CONTINUOUS USE Approval Authority:
| |
| Kent Mills Effective Date:
| |
| 2/16/2005
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 2 of 40 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE .................................................................................................................... 4 2.0 APPLICABILITY/SCOPE ............................................................................................. 4
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| AND DEFINITIONS ............................................................................ 4 4.0 PREREQUISITES ......................................................................................................... 5 5.0 PRECAUTIONS ............................................................................................................ 5 6.0 SYSTEM OPERATION ................................................................................................ 7 6.1 SYSTEM STARTUP ......................................................................................... 7 6.2 STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT .................................... 9 6.3 STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT ............................................................................................... 17 6.4 STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT ............................................................................................... 19 6.5 SECURING PURGING OR VENTING .............................................................. 22 6.6 CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE NORMAL SUMP ............................................................................................... 25 6.7 STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT ............................. 27 6.8 STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE PURGE IS IN OPERATION .............................................................................. 30 6.9 CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION OF SVs (PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA) .......................................................................... 33 6.10 POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA UNMONITORED RELEASE PATHS ................................................................ 35 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES .......................................................................... 40 8.0 BASES .......................................................................................................................... 40 9.0 RECORDS .................................................................................................................... 40 10.0 ATTACHMENTS ........................................................................................................... 40
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 3 of 40 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES PAGE NUMBERS REVISION 1-40 29 APPENDIX REVISION 1, PG 1 29 2, PGs 1-4 29 ATTACHMENTS REVISION 1A, PGs 1-3 29 1B, PGs 1-3 1C, PG 1 1D, PG 1 PROCEDURE ALTERATIONS PAGE NUMBERS REVISION/CHANGE 10 2903
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 4 of 40 1.0 PURPOSE A. The purpose of this procedure is to give a detailed description of the operation of the Units 1 and 2 Containment Purge System. [B0154]
| |
| 2.0 APPLICABILITY/SCOPE A. This procedure places the system in service in preparation for purging, and removes it from service prior to Mode 4 entry.
| |
| B. This procedure covers venting of Units 1 and 2 Containment under both positive and negative pressure conditions.
| |
| C. This procedure covers both normal purging and purging at reduced flow rates.
| |
| | |
| ==3.0 REFERENCES==
| |
| AND DEFINITIONS 3.1 DEVELOPMENTAL REFERENCES A. Technical Procedure Writers Manual.
| |
| B. PR-1-101, Preparation and Control of Calvert Cliffs Technical Procedures.
| |
| C. System Description 11, Containment Purge System System..
| |
| D. System Description 15, Radiation Monitoring System System..
| |
| E. E-26-1(2), Removal and Installation of #11(#21) Purge Air Supply and Exhaust Fan Motor Starter Heaters.
| |
| F. HE-46, Equipment Access Door Removal and Installation.
| |
| G. CCNPP Technical Specifications.
| |
| H. P&IDs
| |
| : 1. OM-65 (60-723-E), Ventilation Systems, Containment, Turbine, and Penetration Rm. (Sheet 1) 3.2 PERFORMANCE REFERENCES A. STP-O-60-1(2), Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test.
| |
| B. OI-40, Plant Heating System.
| |
| C. MN-3-100, Painting And Other Protective Coatings.
| |
| D. NO-1-205, Locked Valves.
| |
| 3.3 DEFINITIONS None
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 5 of 40 4.0 PREREQUISITES A. Prerequisites will vary depending on which section of the procedure is being performed. Prerequisites for each section will be listed as Initial Conditions at the beginning of the applicable section.
| |
| 5.0 PRECAUTIONS A. Do NOT operate the Containment Purge System in Modes 1 through 4. During these modes, Technical Specifications require the purge supply and exhaust Blank Flanges be installed.
| |
| B. Whenever purging or venting via this system, ODCM Controls 3.3.3.9 requires ONE of the following:
| |
| Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 shall be in operation on the affected unit.
| |
| An equivalent monitor shall be provided, or grab samples taken every 24 hours and analyzed for gross activity.
| |
| C. Purge operation must be stopped immediately if either:
| |
| The Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 reaches the high alarm point while purging, UNLESS the expected release values are greater than the fixed high alarm setpoint AND this has been evaluated by Plant Chemistry OR Plant Computer point R5415A! (R5415B! U-2) exceeds the Critical High limit specified on the purge permit D. Containment Radiation Signal (CRS) operability requires all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D to be operable during the movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment. If CRS becomes inoperable, purging and venting must be secured, and the purge valves must be closed, PER Tech Specs 3.9.3 and 3.3.7.
| |
| E. If fire dampers in the Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Ducts actuate while the fans are in operation, damage to the dampers or ductwork may result.
| |
| F. IF the Transfer Tube Isolation Valve is open, THEN MONITOR Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool levels closely when performing any evolution that may create or change differential pressure between the Containment and Auxiliary Buildings. Unanticipated changes in Refueling Pool and Spent Fuel Pool water levels can occur following such evolutions. [B0055]
| |
| G. Radiation Safety Supervision should be notified of any pending containment purge or vent, since this may cause a change in radiological conditions in containment.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 6 of 40 5.0 PRECAUTIONS (Continued)
| |
| H. The Purge Exhaust line contains roughing and HEPA filters. Flow should not be run through this line when painting in the Containment, if there is any possiblity that paint fumes could reach the filters. Observe the requirements of MN-3-100, Painting And Protective Coating, regarding filter operation while painting.
| |
| I. An issue report should be submitted to have filters replaced whenever `P reaches 2.5 inches H 2 O. Roughing-HEPA filter `P can be read using a local `P gauge. Panel 1C34 (window U-05 for Unit 1 filters OR U-07 for Unit 2 filters) will alarm if `P reaches 2.7 inches H 2 O.
| |
| J. The sample pumps for Containment Radiation Monitoring System (RMS) must be secured prior to purging, to prevent clogging of the Containment RMS Filter.
| |
| The monitors served are required operable only in Modes 1 through 4.
| |
| K. Do NOT operate the containment purge valves with a differential (containment pressure) pressure greater than 0.30 PSI. [B0200]
| |
| L. To ensure SFP ventilation is operable, when the PAL interlocks are defeated with either the Containment equipment hatch installed OR the Containment Outage Door (COD) shut, the following lineup is required: [B0390]
| |
| The Containment Purge Supply AND Exhaust fans must be running OR Containment Purge must be secured M. When the outside air temperature is less than or equal to 45 F AND plant 45 heating is not in operation, the Purge Supply fan coils should be isolated and drained.
| |
| N. IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 F, 45 THEN place Plant Heating in service to maintain Containment temperatures greater than 45 45F OR Secure Containment Purge. IF Containment Average air temperature can NOT be maintained greater than 45 F, 45 THEN Containment Purge shall be secured. IF the RCS in Mode 6 or defueled and does NOT have at least a 8 inch2 vent path, then the minimum temperature of 45 F is raised to 60 45 60F. [B0782]
| |
| O. IF operation of the Containment Purge Supply fan is desired with the COD and Equipment hatch open, THEN approval from Plant Chemistry must be obtained prior to operation due to ODCM restrictions.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 7 of 40 6.0 SYSTEM OPERATION 6.1 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. RCS temperature is less than 200 F on the unit to be readied for service.
| |
| 200
| |
| : 2. Purging or venting of containment on the affected unit is anticipated prior to the next Mode 4 entry on that unit.
| |
| : 3. Containment Purge System on the affected unit is aligned to the STARTUP positions of the following attachments:
| |
| For Unit 1, use ATTACHMENT 1A, ATTACHMENT 1C.
| |
| For Unit 2, use ATTACHMENT 1B, ATTACHMENT 1D.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Only the subsection of 6.1 which applies to the affected unit is to be performed.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º B. Unit 1 System Startup
| |
| : 1. ENSURE blank flanges removed AND spoolpieces installed on Containment Supply and Return ducting.
| |
| : 2. IF Unit 1 is to be placed in Mode 6, THEN THEN::
| |
| COMPLETE STP O-60-1, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test.
| |
| OR PLACE a note on the Shift Turnover Information Sheet to ENSURE STP O-60-1, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test, is performed PRIOR to movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment with Containment Purge valves open.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| C. Unit 2 System Startup
| |
| : 1. ENSURE blank flanges removed AND spoolpieces installed on Containment Supply and Return ducting.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 8 of 40 6.1.C Unit 2 System Startup (Continued)
| |
| : 2. IF Unit 2 is to be placed in Mode 6, THEN THEN::
| |
| COMPLETE STP O-60-2, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test.
| |
| OR PLACE a note on the Shift Turnover Information Sheet to ENSURE STP O-60-2, Containment Purge Isolation System Functional Test, is performed PRIOR to movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within containment with Containment Purge valves open.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 9 of 40 6.2 STARTING A NORMAL PURGE OF CONTAINMENT A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. RCS temperature is less than 200 200F on the unit to be purged.
| |
| : 2. Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be purged.
| |
| : 3. One Main Exhaust Fan is in operation on the unit to be purged.
| |
| : 4. Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 is in operation on the unit to be purged, OR appropriate compensatory action has been taken PER ODCM Controls 3.3.3.9.
| |
| : 5. An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge has been received from Chemistry.
| |
| : 6. Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment purge.
| |
| : 7. IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE If Containment pressure is greater than 0.30 PSIG or less than (-)0.30 PSIG, then the H 2 Purge system must be used.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 8. Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be purged. [B0200]
| |
| : 9. Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured. (OI-35)
| |
| : 10. Key for the Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is available.
| |
| : 11. General Precaution 5.0.O has been reviewed.
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| : 1. IF starting Containment Purge after it was temporarily secured, THEN CONTACT Chemistry to ensure Gaseous Waste Release Permit criteria is still valid.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 10 of 40 6.2.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 2. IF the Equipment Hatch is shut OR if installed, the Containment Outage Door is 02903 shut, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision that the PAL screen door will be maintained open during containment purge operation.
| |
| : b. ENSURE the PAL screen door is secured in the full open position OR is NOT installed.
| |
| : c. IF the PAL screen door is installed, THEN ENSURE a DANGER sign is posted to maintain the PAL screen door open.
| |
| The sign shall warn that differential pressures caused by Containment Purge may cause personnel injury while shutting the door, if shut the door may not be able to be reopened for personnel access.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE APPENDIX 1, NORMAL CONTAINMENT PURGE INITIATION FLOWPATH may be used as an aid when aligning containment purge.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to be purged.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 3. PLACE the following handswitches in OPEN, to open Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves:
| |
| CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV.............1(2)-HS-1410 CNTMT PURGE EXH CPA-1412-CV..............1(2)-HS-1412
| |
| | |
| CAUTION When purging with the Equipment Hatch open AND if installed, the Containment Outage Door (COD) open, the Butler Building rolling door must be open at least 2 feet before starting the Purge Exhaust Fan, to prevent collapse of the door.
| |
| ©
| |
| : 4. IF the Equipment Hatch is open AND if installed, the Containment Outage Door is open, THEN ENSURE that the Butler Building rolling door is open at least two feet.
| |
| : 5. NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating a containment purge.
| |
| : 6. ENTER Containment Purge alarm values from the Gaseous Waste Release Permit in the Plant Computer.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 11 of 40 6.2.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE If the PAL interlocks are defeated with the Equipment Hatch installed OR if installed, the Containment Outage Door is shut, then SFP Ventilation is inoperable when the Purge Exhaust fan is started. SFP Ventilation will be inoperable until the Purge Supply fan is started.
| |
| Containment Purge Exhaust Fan will trip if purge air supply temperature lowers to 40 40F. The Containment Purge Supply Fan will trip when the Containment Purge Exhaust Fan trips.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 7. PLACE CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289 in START to start Containment Purge Exhaust Fan and begin purging.
| |
| : 8. CHECK Purge Exhaust roughing-HEPA filter combined `P less than 2.5 inches H 2 O using local gauge PDIS-5289.
| |
| : 9. IF filter `P is 2.5 inches H 2 O or more, THEN SUBMIT an issue report to have filters replaced, AND CONSIDER securing flow through the purge exhaust line.
| |
| : 10. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is FULL OPEN by verifying the piston operator is fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 12 of 40 6.2.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 11. IF the Equipment Hatch is shut OR if installed, the Containment Outage Door is shut, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. IF Containment Closure IS to be maintained OR it is desired to run the Purge Supply Fan, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 45F, THEN ENSURE plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan PER APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PURGE.. [B0782]
| |
| (a) IF plant heating is NOT available, THEN Purge operation is not allowable.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 (52-20231).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º (2) ENSURE Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE, 1(2)-HS-5290A, is in NORMAL.
| |
| (3) PLACE CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, to START.
| |
| (4) Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL OPEN by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO (5) Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL OPEN by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 13 of 40 6.2.B.11 Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : b. IF desired to align air flow thru the supply duct without the Supply Fan running, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 F, 45 THEN ENSURE plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan PER APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PURGE.. [B0782]
| |
| (a) IF plant heating is NOT available, THEN Purge operation is not allowable.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.
| |
| The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 (52-20231).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º (2) PLACE Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.
| |
| (3) PLACE CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, in START AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL OPEN by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL OPEN by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO (4) CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 14 of 40 6.2.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 12. IF the Equipment Hatch is open AND if installed, the Containment Outage Door is open, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 45F, THEN ENSURE plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan PER APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PURGE.. [B0782]
| |
| (1) IF plant heating is NOT available, THEN Purge operation is not allowable.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE To maintain a negative pressure in the containment, the Purge Supply fan is not normally operated with an air path out of the containment.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. IF desired to run the CNTMT Purge Supply Fan, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) VERIFY Radiation Safety Supervisor and Chemistry are informed and concur that Purge Supply Fan is to be started.
| |
| (2) PLACE CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, to START.
| |
| (3) Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL OPEN by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO (4) Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL OPEN by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 15 of 40 6.2.B.12 Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : c. IF desired to align air flow thru the supply duct without the Supply Fan running, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.
| |
| The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 (52-20231).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º (1) PLACE Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.
| |
| (2) PLACE CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290 in START AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL OPEN by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL OPEN by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO (3) CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.
| |
| : d. IF air flow will NOT be aligned thru the supply duct, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) ENSURE that the Butler Building Door is open at least 2 feet.
| |
| (2) TAG the following on the affected Unit:
| |
| Butler Building Door handswitch to prevent inadvertent operation of the door Butler Building Door breaker OPEN
| |
| : 13. ENSURE keys are controlled PER NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 16 of 40 6.2.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 14. UPDATE Discharge permit.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 17 of 40 6.3 STARTING A POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. RCS temperature is less than 200 200F on the unit to be vented.
| |
| : 2. Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be vented.
| |
| : 3. One Main Exhaust Fan is in operation on the unit to be vented.
| |
| : 4. Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 is in operation on the unit to be vented, OR appropriate compensatory action has been taken PER ODCM Controls 3.3.3.9. (OI-35)
| |
| : 5. An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge has been received from Chemistry.
| |
| : 6. Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment vent.
| |
| : 7. IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7)
| |
| : 8. Containment pressure is greater than 0.10 and less than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be vented. [B0200]
| |
| : 9. Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured. (OI-35)
| |
| : 10. Key for the Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch has been obtained.
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to be vented.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 1. IF available, THEN PLACE Containment Pressure (P5308) on a computer pen recorder.
| |
| : 2. NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating a containment vent.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.
| |
| The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311 (52-20311).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 3. PLACE Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 18 of 40 6.3.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 4. PLACE handswitch CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, in START AND Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is FULL OPEN by verifying the piston operator is fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| : a. CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.
| |
| : 5. PLACE the following handswitch in OPEN, to open Containment Purge Exhaust Valve and begin venting.
| |
| CNTMT PURGE EXH CPA-1412-CV..............1(2)-HS-1412
| |
| : 6. CHECK Purge Exhaust roughing-HEPA filter combined `P less than 2.5 inches H 2 O using local gauge PDIS-5289.
| |
| : 7. IF filter `P is 2.5 inches H 2 O or more, THEN SUBMIT an issue report to have filters replaced, AND CONSIDER securing flow through the purge exhaust line.
| |
| : 8. ENSURE keys are controlled PER NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.
| |
| : 9. WHEN containment pressure lowers to 0.10 PSIG, THEN STOP venting PER Section 6.5.
| |
| : 10. UPDATE Discharge permit.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 19 of 40 6.4 STARTING A NEGATIVE PRESSURE VENT OF CONTAINMENT A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. RCS temperature is less than 200 200F on the unit to be vented.
| |
| : 2. Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be vented.
| |
| : 3. Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment vent.
| |
| : 4. IF moving irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7)
| |
| : 5. Containment pressure is between (-)0.10 and (-)0.30 PSIG on the unit to be vented. [B0200]
| |
| : 6. Keys for the Purge Supp & Exh Fans Test/Alt Purge handswitches have been obtained.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE A Gaseous Waste Release Permit is not required for a negative pressure vent of containment. To prevent activity release, venting is stopped when containment pressure rises to (-)0.1 PSIG, to keep containment pressure negative.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º B. Procedure
| |
| : 1. IF available, THEN PLACE Containment Pressure (P5308) on a computer pen recorder.
| |
| : 2. NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating a containment vent.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.
| |
| The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 (52-20231).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 3. PLACE Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 20 of 40 6.4.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.
| |
| The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311 (52-20311).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 4. PLACE Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Containment Purge Exhaust Fan handswitch is placed in START to satisfy the interlock between the Supply and Exhaust Fans.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 5. PLACE handswitch CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, in START.
| |
| : a. CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.
| |
| : 6. PLACE handswitch CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, in START AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL OPEN by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO
| |
| : b. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL OPEN by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO
| |
| : c. CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.
| |
| : 7. PLACE the following handswitch in OPEN, to open Containment Purge Supply Valve and begin venting:
| |
| CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV.............1(2)-HS-1410
| |
| : 8. ENSURE keys are controlled PER NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 21 of 40 6.4.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 9. WHEN containment pressure rises to (-)0.10 PSIG, THEN STOP venting PER Section 6.5.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 22 of 40 6.5 SECURING PURGING OR VENTING A. Initial Conditions None B. Procedure
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit being purged or vented.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 1. NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision and Chemistry that purging and venting of containment will be secured.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE If the PAL interlocks are defeated and the CNTMT Equipment hatch is installed OR if installed, the Containment Outage Door is shut, then SFP Ventilation is inoperable when the Purge Supply fan is secured. SFP Ventilation will be inoperable until the Purge Exhaust fan is secured.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 2. IF CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, is in START, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. PLACE 1(2)-HS-5290 in STOP.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 (52-20231).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. IF the Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, is in TEST/ALT PURGE, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) PLACE TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in NORMAL.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 23 of 40 6.5.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 3. IF CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, is in START, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. PLACE 1(2)-HS-5289 in STOP.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311 (52-20311).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. IF the Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, is in TEST/ALT PURGE, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) PLACE TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in NORMAL.
| |
| : 4. ENSURE keys are controlled PER NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.
| |
| : 5. IF Containment Purge Supply Fan was running, THEN ENSURE fan is stopped.
| |
| : a. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL SHUT by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully retracted.
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO
| |
| : b. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL SHUT by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully retracted.
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO
| |
| : 6. IF Containment Purge Exhaust Fan was running, THEN ENSURE fan is stopped.
| |
| : a. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is FULL SHUT by verifying the piston operator is fully retracted.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 24 of 40 6.5.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 7. IF any of the following handswitches are in OPEN, THEN PLACE them in CLOSE, to shut Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves:
| |
| CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV.............1(2)-HS-1410 CNTMT PURGE EXH CPA-1412-CV..............1(2)-HS-1412
| |
| : 8. IF plant heating is in service to Purge Supply Fan AND Purge is being secured (end of outage),
| |
| THEN SECURE plant heating to the fan PER APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE (N/A if Purge is temporarily secured).
| |
| : 9. UPDATE Discharge permit.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 25 of 40 6.6 CONTAINMENT POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT VIA THE NORMAL SUMP A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. Containment purge permit approved by Chemistry.
| |
| : 2. Containment purge is NOT available to perform a positive vent.
| |
| : 3. Movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment are NOT being performed.
| |
| : 4. Unit is in Mode 5 or 6.
| |
| : 5. Tech Specs AND NO-1-114 allow containment closure deviations.
| |
| : 6. Radiation Safety Supervision has evaluated venting containment to the ECCS Pump Room for radiological concerns.
| |
| : 7. Approved Contingency Plan with Radiation Safety Supervision to enter the ECCS Pump Room if neccessary to restore the plant to normal operating conditions, such as restoring SDC to operation. Plan should include time to boil calculations versus estimated time to enter room.
| |
| : 8. Opposite train LPSI Pump is available when SDC is in operation, if the ECCS Pump Room doors will be locked shut.
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| : 1. IF DIRECTED by Radiation Safety Supervision, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. CHECK the temporary duct has been installed from the ECCS Pump Room sump cover to the inlet of the ECCS Pump Room ventilation system.
| |
| : b. VERIFY ECCS Pump Room ventilation system is in service PER OI-22C.
| |
| : c. PLACE the ECCS Pump Room charcoal filter in service PER OI-22C
| |
| : d. NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision to SHUT AND LOCK BOTH doors on affected U-1 (U-2) West ECCS Pump Room until air is sampled after venting.
| |
| : e. VERIFY affected doors are LOCKED SHUT SHUT..
| |
| : 2. OBTAIN key AND OPEN the following valves:
| |
| CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5462 CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5463
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 26 of 40 6.6.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 3. WHEN the desired Containment pressure has been obtained, THEN SHUT the following valves:
| |
| CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5462 CONTAINMENT NORMAL SUMP DRAIN, 1-EAD-5463
| |
| : 4. NOTIFY Chemistry that the Containment Vent is secured.
| |
| : 5. ENSURE keys are controlled PER NO-1-110, CALVERT CLIFFS KEY AND LOCK CONTROL.
| |
| : 6. APPROXIMATELY four hours after securing the vent, OR when the respective ECCS Pump Room RMS levels are normal, THEN NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision to sample the respective ECCS Pump Room for activity.
| |
| : 7. WHEN notified by Radiation Safety Supervision that normal access is allowed, THEN THEN::
| |
| : a. BYPASS the respective ECCS Charcoal Filter AND LOG run times in the Charcoal Filter log.
| |
| : b. DIRECT Radiation Safety Supervision to UNLOCK the ECCS Pump Room doors.
| |
| : c. VERIFY ECCS Pump Room doors are UNLOCKED.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 27 of 40 6.7 STARTING AN ALTERNATE PURGE OF CONTAINMENT A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. RCS temperature is less than 200 200F on the unit to be purged.
| |
| : 2. Section 6.1 has been completed for the unit to be purged.
| |
| : 3. One Main Exhaust Fan is in operation on the unit to be purged.
| |
| : 4. Main Vent Gaseous Radiation Monitor RI-5415 is in operation on the unit to be purged, OR appropriate compensatory action has been taken PER ODCM Controls 3.3.3.9.
| |
| : 5. An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge has been received from Chemistry.
| |
| : 6. Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment purge.
| |
| : 7. IF performing movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment, THEN all four channels of Containment Area Radiation Monitors RI-5316A, B, C, and D are operable on the unit to be purged. (Tech Spec 3.3.7)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE If Containment pressure is greater than 0.30 PSIG or less than (-)0.30 PSIG, then the H 2 Purge system must be used.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 8. Containment pressure is no less than (-)0.30 PSIG and no greater than 0.30 PSIG on the unit to be purged. [B0200]
| |
| : 9. Containment Radiation Monitoring System Sample Pumps are secured. (OI-35)
| |
| : 10. Keys for the Purge Supp & Exh Fans Test/Alt Purge handswitches have been obtained.
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE All steps in this subsection apply only to controls and equipment on the unit to be vented.
| |
| The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.
| |
| The Purge Supp Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10231 (52-20231).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 1. PLACE Purge Supp Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5290A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 28 of 40 6.7.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The key will be captured in the Test/Alt Purge position.
| |
| The Purge Exh Fan Test/Alt Purge handswitch is located on breaker 52-10311 (52-20311).
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 2. PLACE Purge Exh Fan TEST/ALT PURGE handswitch, 1(2)-HS-5289A, in TEST/ALT PURGE.
| |
| : 3. NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision that the plant will be initiating an alternate purge of containment.
| |
| : 4. ENTER Containment Purge alarm values from the Gaseous Waste Release Permit in the Plant Computer. (R5415A! U-1, R5415B! U-2)
| |
| : 5. IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 4545F, THEN ENSURE plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan PER APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PURGE.. [B0782]
| |
| : a. IF plant heating is NOT available, THEN Purge operation is not allowable.
| |
| : 6. PLACE handswitch CNTMT PURGE EXH FAN, 1(2)-HS-5289, in START AND Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE EXH AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5289-DAMP, is FULL OPEN by verifying the piston operator is fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| : a. CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 29 of 40 6.7.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 7. PLACE handswitch CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, in START AND PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL OPEN by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO
| |
| : b. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL OPEN by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO
| |
| : c. CHECK the TEST/ALT PURGE amber light is illuminated.
| |
| : 8. PLACE the following handswitches in OPEN, to open Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves:
| |
| CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV.............1(2)-HS-1410 CNTMT PURGE EXH CPA-1412-CV..............1(2)-HS-1412
| |
| : 9. WHEN desired, THEN STOP the Purge PER Section 6.5, SECURING PURGING OR VENTING VENTING..
| |
| : 10. UPDATE Discharge permit.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 30 of 40 6.8 STARTING/STOPPING THE PURGE SUPPLY FAN WHILE PURGE IS IN OPERATION A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment purge alignment has been received from Chemistry.
| |
| : 2. Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending containment purge alignment.
| |
| : 3. General Precautions have been reviewed.
| |
| : 4. Containment Purge is in operation.
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| : 1. IF desired to run the CNTMT Purge Supply Fan, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. VERIFY Radiation Safety Supervisor and Chemistry are informed and concur that Purge Supply Fan is to be started.
| |
| : b. IF Containment Average air temperature is less than or equal to 45 45F, THEN ENSURE plant heating is aligned to Purge Supply Fan PER APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE PURGE.. [B0782]
| |
| (1) IF plant heating is NOT available, THEN Purge operation is not allowable.
| |
| : c. VERIFY the following handswitch CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV 1(2)-HS-1410 in OPEN.
| |
| : d. PLACE CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, 1(2)-HS-5290, to START.
| |
| : e. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL OPEN by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO
| |
| : f. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL OPEN by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully extended (~3.5 in.).
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 31 of 40 6.8.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE If the PAL interlocks are defeated and the CNTMT Equipment hatch is installed OR if installed, the Containment Outage Door is shut, then SFP Ventilation is inoperable when the Purge Supply fan is secured. SFP Ventilation will be inoperable until the Purge Exhaust fan is secured.
| |
| Another suction flow path must be established if the Purge Supply fan was the only flow path.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 2. IF it is desired to stop the CNTMT PURGE SUPP FAN, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. IF air flow will NOT be aligned thru the supply duct, THEN PERFORM the following:(N/A if NOT using as a flow path)
| |
| (1) ENSURE that the Butler Building Door is open at least 2 feet.
| |
| (2) TAG the following on the affected Unit:
| |
| Butler Building Door handswitch to prevent inadvertent operation of the door Butler Building Door breaker OPEN
| |
| : b. PLACE 1(2)-HS-5290 in STOP.
| |
| : c. ENSURE fan is stopped.
| |
| : d. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290-DAMP, is FULL SHUT by verifying the following piston operators, CNTMT PURGE SUPP HEATING COIL INLET DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs, are fully retracted.
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5291-PO 1(2)-CPA-5292-PO 1(2)-CPA-5293-PO 1(2)-CPA-5294-PO
| |
| : e. Locally VERIFY CNTMT PURGE SUPP AIR OPERATED DAMPER, 1(2)-CPA-5290A-DAMP (above inlet plenum box), is FULL SHUT by verifying the following CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPER PISTON OPERATORs are fully retracted.
| |
| 1(2)-CPA-5290A-PO 1(2)-CPA-5290B-PO
| |
| : f. IF desired, THEN PLACE, CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV 1(2)-HS-1410 in CLOSE CLOSE..
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 32 of 40 6.8.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 3. NOTIFY Radiation Safety Supervision and Chemistry what the purge alignment is currently.
| |
| : 4. UPDATE Discharge permit.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 33 of 40 6.9 CYCLE CONTAINMENT PURGE CVsTO CHECK OPERATION OF SVs (PE 1/2-60-01-O-SA)
| |
| A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. Power is aligned to the SVs.
| |
| : 2. Containment Purge is NOT in operation.
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Verification of Flanges may be an administrative verification unless condition of Blank Flange is uncertain. If uncertain, confirmation of its condition shall be performed locally.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 1. IF the Unit is in Modes 1-4, THEN VERIFY the Containment Purge Blank Flanges are installed to maintain closure PER STP 0-55.
| |
| : 2. IF the Unit is in Modes 5-6, THEN VERIFY the following:
| |
| IF Containment Closure is required, THEN VERIFY that Containment Closure will be met during the CV strokes OR a Containment Closure deviation is allowed AND tracked PER NO-1-114.
| |
| IF Tech Spec 3.9.3, Containment Penetrations is applicable, THEN VERIFY that necessary Tech Spec conditions are met.
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE The Containment Purge CVs are stroked for 2 reasons.
| |
| First; To periodically cycle the SVs associated with the CVs. These SVs have periodically had issues with binding because they have previously remained in the same position for two years.
| |
| Second; To confirm their status prior to outage use.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 3. OPEN Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves by placing the desired Unit handswitches in open:
| |
| CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV.............1-HS-1410 CNTMT PURGE EXH CPA-1412-CV..............1-HS-1412 CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV.............2-HS-1410 CNTMT PURGE EXH CPA-1412-CV..............2-HS-1412
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 34 of 40 6.9.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 4. CHECK for full open indication.
| |
| : 5. CLOSE the Containment Purge Supply and Exhaust Valves by placing the desired Unit handswitches to shut:
| |
| CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV.............1-HS-1410 CNTMT PURGE EXH CPA-1412-CV..............1-HS-1412 CNTMT PURGE SUPP CPA-1410-CV.............2-HS-1410 CNTMT PURGE EXH CPA-1412-CV..............2-HS-1412
| |
| : 6. CHECK for full closed indication.
| |
| : 7. IF full open OR full closed indication is NOT received, THEN SUBMIT an Issue Report.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 35 of 40 6.10 POSITIVE PRESSURE VENT OF UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT VIA UNMONITORED RELEASE PATHS A. Initial Conditions
| |
| : 1. Unit-1 is in Mode 5, 6 or Defueled.
| |
| : 2. Containment purge is NOT available to perform a positive vent.
| |
| : 3. IF using ILRT Pressurization penetration 50, THEN Unit-1 ILRT valve indications are energized at panel in Cable Spreading Room
| |
| : 4. Containment pressure between 0 and +2.0 psig.
| |
| : 5. Radiation Safety Supervision has been notified of pending positive pressure vent alignment.
| |
| : 6. An approved Gaseous Waste Release Permit for containment vent via desired Penetration(s) has been received from Chemistry.
| |
| : 7. Movement of irradiated fuel assemblies within the containment are NOT being performed.
| |
| : 8. Tech Specs AND NO-1-114 allow containment closure deviations.
| |
| B. Procedure
| |
| : 1. IF desired to vent via ILRT Pressurization penetration 50, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. VERIFY the following from inside Contaiment:
| |
| (1) Blank Flange removed from Penetration 50 AND open to Containment atmosphere.
| |
| (2) NO debris in the area surrounding the vent opening.
| |
| : b. VERIFY the following valves are shut:
| |
| UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT PRESSURIZATION HEADER DRAIN VLV, 1-ILRT-8 UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5524-MOV UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT SKID ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5527-MOV UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV
| |
| : c. VERIFY LOCKED SHUT UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL TEST CONNECTION, 1-ILRT-7.
| |
| : d. VERIFY Penetration 50 Outside Containment Blank Flange removed AND Spool Piece installed.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 36 of 40 6.10.B.1 Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : e. VERIFY Blank Flange removed downstream of UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV.
| |
| : f. VERIFY Blank Flange removed downstream of UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV.
| |
| : g. FLAG-OFF area surrounding Vent for personnel protection.
| |
| : h. OPEN UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5524-MOV.
| |
| : i. OPEN UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV.
| |
| : j. UPDATE Discharge permit.
| |
| : k. WHEN Containment Pressure is approximately 0 psig, OR as desired, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) SHUT UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT MUFFLER ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5528-MOV.
| |
| (2) SHUT UNIT-1 CONTAINMENT ILRT CONTAINMENT ISOL MOV, 1-ILRT-5524-MOV.
| |
| (3) NOTIFY Chemistry that the Containment Vent is secured AND UPDATE Discharge permit.
| |
| : l. RESTORE Penetration 50 as desired.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 37 of 40 6.10.B Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : 2. IF desired to vent via Containment Outage Door penetration(s),
| |
| THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| : a. VERIFY the following:
| |
| (1) NO debris in the area surrounding the vent(s) opening.
| |
| (2) FLAG-OFF area surrounding Vent(s) for personnel protection.
| |
| (3) PERFORM the following to ensure a proper discharge path:
| |
| (a) ENSURE that the Butler Building Door is open at least 2 feet.
| |
| (b) TAG the following on the affected Unit:
| |
| Butler Building Door handswitch to prevent inadvertent operation of the door Butler Building Door breaker OPEN
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Locked Valves are controlled PER NO-1-205.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : b. COMMENCE venting by performing the desired steps:
| |
| (1) SLOWLY OPEN the following valves for COD penetration #3:
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1003.
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1004.
| |
| (2) SLOWLY OPEN the following valves for COD penetration #6:
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1010.
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1009.
| |
| (3) SLOWLY OPEN the following valves for COD penetration #12:
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION
| |
| #12 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1015.
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION
| |
| #12 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1017.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 38 of 40 6.10.B.2.b Procedure (Continued)
| |
| (4) SLOWLY OPEN the following valves for COD penetration #13:
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY PENET #13 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1018.
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY PENET #13 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1020.
| |
| : c. UPDATE Discharge permit.
| |
| : d. WHEN Containment Pressure is approximately 0 psig, OR as desired, THEN LOCK SHUT the open penetrations:
| |
| (1) COD penetration #3:
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1003.
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUICE RIG PENETRATION #3 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1004.
| |
| (2) COD penetration #6:
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1010.
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE RETURN PENETRATION #6 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1009.
| |
| (3) COD penetration #12:
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION
| |
| #12 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1015.
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR MISC SUPPLY PENETRATION
| |
| #12 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1017.
| |
| (4) COD penetration #13:
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY PENET #13 ISOLATION VALVE, 1-CPI-1018.
| |
| CONTAINMENT OUTAGE DOOR SLUDGE LANCE SUPPLY PENET #13 DRAIN VALVE, 1-CPI-1020.
| |
| : e. NOTIFY Chemistry that the Containment Vent is secured AND UPDATE Discharge permit.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 39 of 40 6.10.B.2 Procedure (Continued)
| |
| : f. IF no longer needed as a proper discharge path:
| |
| (1) Clear the Tagout for the following on the affected Unit:
| |
| Butler Building Door handswitch.
| |
| Butler Building Door breaker.
| |
| **** END ****
| |
| | |
| OI-36 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 40 of 40 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES A. Upon completion of attachments, forward the original(s) to the Operations Senior Administrative Assistant for retention PER PR-3-100, Records Management.
| |
| 8.0 BASES
| |
| [B0055] 6/13/90 Letter - INPO Nuclear Network OE-3989 - Containment pressure changes can affect Spent Fuel Pool and Refueling Pool levels during refueling.
| |
| [B0154] AOP/EOP cross reference PER NUREG 1358:
| |
| : 1. AOP-7I, LOSS OF 4KV, 480 VOLT OR 208/120 VOLT INSTRUMENT BUS POWER, Section titled FUEL AREA MCC 102F, refer to this OI for instruction on restoring Containment Purge System to normal.
| |
| [B0200] 9/28/93 Memo from T. Delaney, Plant Systems Engineering-recommends a maximum differential pressure of +/- 0.30 PSI for operating the containment purge valves.
| |
| [B0390] Memo dated 3/19/97: Results from ETP 97-014, which identifies a CNTMT Purge lineup that causes SFP Ventilation to be inoperable.
| |
| [B0782] ES200200008 evaluated lowering Containment Average Temperature to 45 F. 45 45 45F is applicable only when Unit is in Modes 5, 6, or defueled. When in Mode 6 or defueled, applicable with an RCS vent path of at least 8 inch2 available.
| |
| 9.0 RECORDS A. Records generated by this procedure shall be transferred to Records Management PER PR-3-100, Records Management.
| |
| 10.0 ATTACHMENTS A. APPENDIX 1, NORMAL CONTAINMENT PURGE INITIATION FLOWPATH B. APPENDIX 2, PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE C. ATTACHMENT 1A, CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 1)
| |
| D. ATTACHMENT 1B, CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 2)
| |
| E. ATTACHMENT 1C, CPA SYSTEM - U-1 CONTAINMENT VALVE ALIGNMENT F. ATTACHMENT 1D, CPA SYSTEM - U-2 CONTAINMENT VALVE ALIGNMENT
| |
| | |
| OI-36 APPENDIX 1 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 1 of 1 NORMAL CONTAINMENT PURGE INITIATION FLOWPATH
| |
| | |
| OI-36 APPENDIX 2 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 1 of 4 PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE
| |
| : 1. IF it is desired to align Plant heating to Unit One Purge Supply fan, THEN PERFORM the following: (N/A if not applicable)
| |
| : a. ENSURE Plant Heating is operating PER OI-40.
| |
| : b. VERIFY the following valves are SHUT:
| |
| 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-679.
| |
| 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-680.
| |
| : c. VERIFY 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 0-PH-228, is OPEN.
| |
| : d. VERIFY 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG BYPASS VLV, 0-PH-227, is OPEN.
| |
| : e. VERIFY 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP DISCH VLV, 0-PH-226, is OPEN.
| |
| : f. VERIFY 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT VLV, 0-PH-224, is OPEN.
| |
| 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 Plant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150 150-200 F. Caution must be taken when
| |
| -200 1/4 1/4 venting coils of hot water. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4
| |
| : g. IF needed to vent coils, THEN slowly OPERATE 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-680, until properly vented.
| |
| : h. START PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 11, using 1-HS-6574.
| |
| : i. CHECK for any System leakage.
| |
| : j. ADJUST 1TC6574 to a desired temperature setting between 60 60-75
| |
| -75F.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 APPENDIX 2 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 2 of 4 PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Containment Purge Exhaust Fan will trip if purge air supply temperature lowers to 40 F.
| |
| 40 The Containment Purge Supply Fan will trip when the Containment Purge Exhaust Fan trips.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 2. IF it is desired to Secure Plant heating to Unit One Purge Supply fan, THEN PERFORM the following:(N/A if not applicable)
| |
| : a. STOP PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 11, using 1-HS-6574.
| |
| : b. SHUT 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT VLV, 0-PH-224.
| |
| : c. SHUT 11 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 0-PH-228.
| |
| 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 Plant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150 150-200
| |
| -200F. Caution must be taken when 1/4 1/4 draining coils of hot water. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4
| |
| : d. IF desired to drain coils, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) CRACK OPEN 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-679.
| |
| (2) Slowly OPEN 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-680.
| |
| (3) Slowly OPEN 11 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-679.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 APPENDIX 2 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 3 of 4 PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE
| |
| : 3. IF it is desired to align Plant heating to Unit Two Purge Supply fan, THEN PERFORM the following:(N/A if not applicable)
| |
| : a. ENSURE Plant Heating is operating PER OI-40.
| |
| : b. VERIFY the following valves are SHUT:
| |
| 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-674.
| |
| 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL INLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-673.
| |
| : c. VERIFY 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 0-PH-272, is OPEN.
| |
| : d. VERIFY 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG BYPASS VLV, 0-PH-271, is OPEN.
| |
| : e. VERIFY 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP DISCH VLV, 0-PH-270, is OPEN.
| |
| : f. VERIFY 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT VLV, 0-PH-268, is OPEN.
| |
| 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 Plant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150 150-200 F. Caution must be taken when
| |
| -200 1/4 1/4 venting coils of hot water. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4
| |
| : g. IF needed to vent coils, THEN slowly OPERATE the following valves until properly vented.
| |
| 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL INLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-673.
| |
| 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-675.
| |
| : h. START PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 21, using 2-HS-6574.
| |
| : i. CHECK for any System leakage.
| |
| : j. ADJUST 2TC6574 to a desired temperature setting between 60 60-75
| |
| -75F.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 APPENDIX 2 CONTAINMENT PURGE SYSTEM Rev. 29 Page 4 of 4 PLANT HEATING ALIGNMENT TO CONTAINMENT PURGE
| |
| >>¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ NOTE Containment Purge Exhaust Fan will trip if purge air supply temperature lowers to 40 F.
| |
| 40 The Containment Purge Supply Fan will trip when the Containment Purge Exhaust Fan trips.
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥º
| |
| : 4. IF it is desired to Secure Plant heating to Unit Two Purge Supply fan, THEN PERFORM the following:(N/A if not applicable)
| |
| : a. STOP PURGE AIR SUPPLY UNIT 21, using 2-HS-6574.
| |
| : b. SHUT 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HOT WATER CIRCULATING PP SUCT VLV, 0-PH-268.
| |
| : c. SHUT 21 CNTMT PURGE SUPP HTG COIL REG OUTLET VLV, 0-PH-272.
| |
| 1/41/4 1/4 WARNING 1/4 1/4 Plant Heating is maintained at temperatures of 150 150-200
| |
| -200F. Caution must be taken when 1/4 1/4 draining coils of hot water. 1/4 1/41/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/21/4
| |
| : d. IF desired to drain coils, THEN PERFORM the following:
| |
| (1) CRACK OPEN 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-674.
| |
| (2) Slowly OPEN 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL INLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-673.
| |
| (3) Slowly OPEN 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-675.
| |
| (4) Slowly OPEN 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HOT WATER PP OUTLET DRAIN VLV, 0-PH-674.
| |
| (5) WHEN the coils are drained, THEN SHUT 21 CNTMT PURGE AIR HTG COIL OUTLET VENT VLV, 0-PH-675.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 ATTACHMENT 1A Rev. 29 CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 1) Page 1 of 3
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ STARTUP/
| |
| VALVE NORMAL INIT/
| |
| NUMBER OP. POS DESCRIPTION LOCATION DATE COMMENTS
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5289-DAMP SHUT CNTMT PURGE EXH 5 ft FAN RM ABOVE OPEN AIR OPERATED DAMPER 11 FAN
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5289-PCV ---- IA SUPP TO CNTMT 5 ft FAN RM N WALL PURGE EXH DAMPER PRESS CONTROL VLV
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5289-RV ---- IA SUPP TO CNTMT 5 ft FAN RM N WALL PURGE EXH DAMPER RELIEF VLV
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5289-SV ---- CNTMT PURGE EXH 5 ft FAN RM N WALL DAMPER SOLENOID VLV
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5290-DAMP SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN HEATING COIL INLET PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM AIR OPERATED DAMPER
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5290-PCV ---- IA SUPP TO CNTMT 27' SWGR CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPERS PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM
| |
| & TCV PRESS S WALL CONTROL VLV
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5290-RV ---- IA SUPP TO CNTMT 27' SWGR CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPERS PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM
| |
| & TCV RELIEF VLV S WALL
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5290-SV ---- CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT DAMPERS SOLENOID PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM VLV S WALL
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥
| |
| | |
| OI-36 ATTACHMENT 1A Rev. 29 CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 1) Page 2 of 3
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ STARTUP/
| |
| VALVE NORMAL INIT/
| |
| NUMBER OP. POS DESCRIPTION LOCATION DATE COMMENTS
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5290A-DAMP SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN AIR OPERATED DAMPER PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM OVHD E
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5290A-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN DAMPER PISTON PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM OPERATOR OVHD E
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5290B-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN DAMPER PISTON PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM OPERATOR OVHD E
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5291-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN HEATING COIL INLET PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM DAMPER PISTON S SIDE OPERATOR
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5292-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN HEATING COIL INLET PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM DAMPER PISTON S SIDE OPERATOR
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5293-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN HEATING COIL INLET PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM DAMPER PISTON N SIDE OPERATOR
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥
| |
| | |
| OI-36 ATTACHMENT 1A Rev. 29 CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 1) Page 3 of 3
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ STARTUP/
| |
| VALVE NORMAL INIT/
| |
| NUMBER OP. POS DESCRIPTION LOCATION DATE COMMENTS
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-5294-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN HEATING COIL INLET PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM DAMPER PISTON N SIDE OPERATOR
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-101 LOCKED SHUT CPA SUPP TEST CONN 28 ft E PEN RM
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-102 LOCKED SHUT CPA EXH TEST CONN 28 ft E PEN RM
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-103 OPEN 1-CPA-5289-PDIS 5 ft FAN RM ROOT
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-104 OPEN 1-CPA-5289-PDIS 5 ft FAN RM ROOT
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-105 SHUT 1-CPA-5289-PDIS 5 ft FAN RM EQUL VLV
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥
| |
| | |
| OI-36 ATTACHMENT 1B Rev. 29 CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 2) Page 1 of 3
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ STARTUP/
| |
| VALVE NORMAL INIT/
| |
| NUMBER OP. POS DESCRIPTION LOCATION DATE COMMENTS
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5289-DAMP SHUT CNTMT PURGE EXH 5 ft FAN RM S WALL OPEN AIR OPERATED DAMPER
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5289-PCV ---- IA SUPP TO CNTMT 5 ft FAN RM S WALL PURGE EXH DAMPER PRESS CONTROL VLV
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5289-RV ---- IA SUPP TO CNTMT 5 ft FAN RM S WALL PURGE EXH DAMPER RELIEF VLV
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5289-SV ---- CNTMT PURGE EXH 5 ft FAN RM S WALL DAMPER SOLENOID VLV
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5290-DAMP SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN HEATING COIL INLET PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM AIR OPERATED DAMPER
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5290-PCV ---- IA SUPP TO CNTMT 27' SWGR CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPERS PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM
| |
| & TCV PRESS N WALL CONTROL VLV
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5290-RV ---- IA SUPP TO CNTMT 27' SWGR CNTMT PURGE SUPP DAMPERS PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM
| |
| & TCV RELIEF VLV N WALL
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5290-SV ---- CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT DAMPERS SOLENOID PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM VLV N WALL
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥
| |
| | |
| OI-36 ATTACHMENT 1B Rev. 29 CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 2) Page 2 of 3
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ STARTUP/
| |
| VALVE NORMAL INIT/
| |
| NUMBER OP. POS DESCRIPTION LOCATION DATE COMMENTS
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5290A-DAMP SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN AIR OPERATED DAMPER PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM OVHD E SIDE
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5290A-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN DAMPER PISTON PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM OPERATOR OVHD E SIDE
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5290B-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN DAMPER PISTON PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM OPERATOR SW OVHD W SIDE
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5291-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN HEATING COIL INLET PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM DAMPER PISTON N SIDE OPERATOR
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5292-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN HEATING COIL INLET PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM DAMPER PISTON N SIDE OPERATOR
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5293-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN HEATING COIL INLET PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM DAMPER PISTON S SIDE OPERATOR
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥
| |
| | |
| OI-36 ATTACHMENT 1B Rev. 29 CPA SYSTEM (UNIT 2) Page 3 of 3
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ STARTUP/
| |
| VALVE NORMAL INIT/
| |
| NUMBER OP. POS DESCRIPTION LOCATION DATE COMMENTS
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-5294-PO SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP 27' SWGR CNTMT OPEN HEATING COIL INLET PURGE SUPPLY FAN RM DAMPER PISTON S SIDE OPERATOR
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-101 LOCKED SHUT CPA SUPP TEST CONN 28 ft E PEN RM
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-102 LOCKED SHUT CPA EXH TEST CONN 28 ft E PEN RM
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-103 OPEN 2-CPA-5289-PDIS 5 ft FAN RM ROOT
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-104 OPEN 2-CPA-5289-PDIS 5 ft FAN RM ROOT
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-105 SHUT 2-CPA-5289-PDIS 5 ft FAN RM EQUL VLV
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥
| |
| | |
| OI-36 ATTACHMENT 1C Rev. 29 CPA SYSTEM - U-1 CONTAINMENT VALVE ALIGNMENT Page 1 of 1
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ STARTUP/
| |
| VALVE NORMAL INIT/
| |
| NUMBER OP. POS DESCRIPTION LOCATION DATE COMMENTS
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-1410-CV SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP NE WALL 28 ft CNTMT OPEN (1)
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-1412-CV SHUT CNTMT PURGE EXH SE WALL 28 ft CNTMT OPEN (1)
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-1410-SV ---- CPA SUPP ISOL CV NE WALL 28 ft CNTMT CONT
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 1-CPA-1412-SV ---- CPA EXH ISOL CV SE WALL 28 ft CNTMT CONT
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ (1) POSITION OF THIS VALVE SHALL BE ADMINISTRATIVELY CONTROLLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NO-1-205.
| |
| | |
| OI-36 ATTACHMENT 1D Rev. 29 CPA SYSTEM - U-2 CONTAINMENT VALVE ALIGNMENT Page 1 of 1
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ STARTUP/
| |
| VALVE NORMAL INIT/
| |
| NUMBER OP. POS DESCRIPTION LOCATION DATE COMMENTS
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-1410-CV SHUT CNTMT PURGE SUPP SE WALL 28 ft CNTMT OPEN (1)
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-1412-CV SHUT CNTMT PURGE EXH NE WALL 28 ft CNTMT OPEN (1)
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-1410-SV ---- CPA SUPP ISOL CV SE WALL 28 ft CNTMT CONT
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ 2-CPA-1412-SV ---- CPA EXH ISOL CV NE WALL 28 ft CNTMT CONT
| |
| ¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥ (1) POSITION OF THIS VALVE SHALL BE ADMINISTRATIVELY CONTROLLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NO-1-205.}}
| |
